XtraEdge Feb 2011

If you can't make a mistake,
Volume - 6 Issue - 8 you can't make anything.

February, 2011 (Monthly Magazine)
Editorial / Mailing Office :
112-B, Shakti Nagar, Kota (Raj.)
Tel. : 0744-2500492, 2500692, 3040000
e-mail : xtraedge@gmail.com
Editor :
Editorial
Pramod Maheshwari
Dear Students,
[B.Tech. IIT-Delhi] It's the question you dreamed about when you were ten years old. It's the
question our parents nagged you about during high school. It's the question that
Cover Design stresses most of us out more and more the older we get. "What do you want to
be when you grow up?"
Om Gocher, Govind Saini There are people who are studying political science but hate politics, nursing
majors who hate biology, and accounting majors who hate math. Obviously, a
Layout lot of people are confused about what exactly it is that they want to spend their
Rajaram Gocher life doing. Think about it. if you work for 10 hours each day, you're going to
end up spending over 50% of your awake life at work. Personally, I think it's
Circulation & Advertisement important that we spend that 50% of your awake life at work. Personally, I think
it's important that we spend that 50% wisely. But how can you make sure that
Praveen Chandna you do? Here are some cool tips for how to decide that you really want to be
Ph 0744-3040000, 9672977502 when you grow up.
• Relax and Keep an Open Mind: Contrary to popular belief, you don't have
Subscription to "choose a career" and stick with it for the rest of your life. You never
have to sign a contract that says, "I agree to force myself to do this for the
Sudha Jaisingh Ph. 0744-2500492, 2500692
rest of my life" You're free to do whatever you want and the possibilities are
© Strictly reserved with the publishers endless. So relax, dream big, and keep an open mind.
• Notice Your Passions: Every one of us is born with an innate desire to do
something purposeful with our lives. We long to do something that we're
• No Portion of the magazine can be passionate about; something that will make a meaningful impact on the
published/ reproduced without the world.
written permission of the publisher • Figure Out How to Use Your Passions for a Larger Purpose: You notice that
• All disputes are subject to the this is one of your passions, so you decide to become a personal trainer.
exclusive jurisdiction of the Kota Making a positive impact on the world will not only ensure that you are
Courts only. successful financially, it will also make you feel wonderful. It's proven
principle: The more you give to the world, the more the world will give you
in return.
Every effort has been made to avoid errors or • Figure Our How You Can Benefit: Once you've figured out what your
omission in this publication. In spite of this, passions are and how you can use those passions to add value to the world
errors are possible. Any mistake, error or & to yourself, it's time to take the last step: figure out how you can make
discrepancy noted may be brought to our great success doing it. my most important piece of advice about this last
notice which shall be taken care of in the step is to remember just that: It's the last part of the decision process. I feel
forthcoming edition, hence any suggestion is sorry for people who choose an occupation based on the average income for
welcome. It is notified that neither the that field. No amount of money can compensate for a life wasted at a job
publisher nor the author or seller will be that makes you miserable. However, that's not to say that the money isn't
responsible for any damage or loss of action to important. Money is important, and I'm a firm believer in the concept that
any one, of any kind, in any manner, there from. no matter what it is that you love doing, there's at least one way to make
extraordinary money doing it. So be creative!
Unit Price ` 20/- No matter how successful you become, how great your life is, or how beautiful
you happen to be... there will still be times when you simply feel like you're an
Special Subscription Rates ugly mess. But when those times come, remember that all you need to get
6 issues : ` 100 /- [One issue free ] yourself back on track is a positive outlook, a dash of self confidence, and the
willingness to make yourself feel better as soon as you know how.
12 issues : ` 200 /- [Two issues free]
Simply discover your passions, figure out how to use your passions to make an
24 issues : ` 400 /- [Four issues free] impact on the world & to yourself.
Presenting forever positive ideas to your success.
Owned & Published by Pramod
Yours truly
Maheshwari, 112, Shakti Nagar,
Dadabari, Kota & Printed by Naval
Maheshwari, Published & Printed at 112,
Shakti Nagar, Dadabari, Kota.
Pramod Maheshwari,
Editor : Pramod Maheshwari B.Tech., IIT Delhi
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 1 FEBRUARY 2011

Volume-6 Issue-8
February, 2011 (Monthly Magazine) CONTENTS
INDEX PAGE
NEXT MONTHS ATTRACTIONS
Much more IIT-JEE News.

Regulars ..........
Know IIT-JEE With 15 Best Questions of IIT-JEE
NEWS ARTICLE 4
Challenging Problems in Physics,, Chemistry & Maths Dr. Abdul Kalam's Message to Every Indian
Two Mumbai CAT toppers are from IIT-Bombay
Key Concepts & Problem Solving strategy for IIT-JEE.
IIT-JEE Mock Test Paper with Solution IITian ON THE PATH OF SUCCESS 6
Mr. Vineet Buch
AIEEE & BIT-SAT Mock Test Paper with Solution
KNOW IIT-JEE 7
Previous IIT-JEE Question
Study Time........
DYNAMIC PHYSICS 15
8-Challenging Problems [Set# 9]
S
Students’ Forum
Success Tips for the Months Physics Fundamentals
Matter Waves, Photo-electric Effect
Thermal Expansion, Thermodynamics
• "The way to succeed is to double your error
rate." CATALYSE CHEMISTRY 31
• "Success is the ability to go from failure to Key Concept
failure without losing your enthusiasm." Carbonyl Compounds
Co-ordination Compound &
• "Success is the maximum utilization of the Metallurgy
ability that you have." Understanding : Physical Chemistry
• We are all motivated by a keen desire for
praise, and the better a man is, the more he DICEY MATHS 38
is inspired to glory.
Mathematical Challenges
• Along with success comes a reputation for Students’ Forum
wisdom. Key Concept
Integration
• They can, because they think they can. Trigonometrical Equation
• Nothing can stop the man with the right
mental attitude from achieving his goal;
Test Time ..........
nothing on earth can help the man with the XTRAEDGE TEST SERIES 50
wrong mental attitude.
Class XII – IIT-JEE 2011 Paper
• Keep steadily before you the fact that all Class XI – IIT-JEE 2012 Paper
true success depends at last upon yourself. Mock Test-3 (CBSE Board Pattern) [Class # XII] 72
Solution of Mock Test-2 (CBSE Pattern)
Solution of Mock Test-3 (CBSE Pattern)

Dr. Abdul Kalam’s Message to Ahmedabad and Bangalore over Electrical & Computer Science at
Every Indian others.” Swinburne University of Technology
Gaurav Malpani, a fourth-year student in Melbourne. Plagued with exams
What does a system consist of? Very
of computer science at IIT-B has and other academic diseases, they
conveniently for us it consists of our
appeared for the entrance exam from still managed to build this in about
neighbours, other households, other
Mumbai, he is originally from Kolkata. two weeks.
cities, other communities and the
government. But definitely not me and He managed to score100 percentile,
YOU. When it comes to us actually without any coaching.
making a positive contribution to the “I have never focused on developing
system we lock ourselves along with my technical knowledge. I was only
our families into a safe cocoon and polishing my problem solving skills. I
look into the distance at countries far also focused on my vocabulary,” said
away and wait for a Mr.Clean to come 21-year-old Malpani. He insisted that
along & work miracles for us with a he had never studied exclusively for
majestic sweep of his hand or we CAT during the year. “I always knew Kids at Swinburne Uni, came
leave the country and run away. that I had the aptitude to score well, but second with a smile
‘ASK WHAT WE CAN DO FOR scoring 100 percentile was not Their robots communicated through
INDIA AND DO WHAT HAS TO BE expected,” he added. radio frequency waves and
DONE TO MAKE INDIA WHAT “I would love to join IIM-Ahmedabad everything, right from the wheels to
AMERICA AND OTHER WESTERN or Bangalore. Since I am from Kolkata, the circuit boards was custom made.
COUNTRIES ARE TODAY’ I will also consider seeking admission One robot would go and measure the
there. I am interested in pursuing an dimensions of the grid. The second,
Two Mumbai CAT toppers are MBA in either finance or human after getting the information would
from IIT-Bombay resources,” he added. The faculty start its mission of picking up blocks.
Three people, who appeared for CAT member of a city-based coaching
from the city, scored 100 percentile. institute Jose D’Abreu also got a
Two of them are from the computer perfect score.
science department of the IIT-B. The
other is a faculty member of a city- IIT Techfest 2011: The Robots
based coaching institute. Raged
Shashank Samant, 22, who scored It was the perfect way to end a very
99.98 percentile on his last attempt in well-planned event. On the first two Can it say, "Thai, Robot"?
2008, gave up the IIM seat to take up days of Techfest, IIT Bombay was C2R was made by third year students
a job. “After a year and a half job in buzzing with exhibits of some cool of the computer engineering
an investment firm, I was finally robots and a few other inventions as department of the Kasetsart
prepared to get in to an IIM. Though well. On the final day, the robots University in Kapmphaeng Saen,
the 100 percentile was unexpected.” became restless and just wanted to have Thailand. These kids spent two
“After clearing the CAT, I spoke to a go at each other. What followed was a months and about Rs. 1,47,000
my peers and seniors at IIT-B and lengthy battle fought hard and long. (100,000 Thai Bath) to make these
decided that work experience would Mars Manoeuvre This tournament had robots.
be important before getting in to the two robots moving around a grid
IIMs,” said Samant. He also added collecting blocks. The team that
that IITs help in developing the collected the most blocks won. The last
aptitude to clear any competitive battle was between C2R and Black
exams. Samant had graduated in Beast, from Thailand and Australia
computer science from IIT-B in 2009. respectively.
About his choice of IIMs, Samant Black Beast: In all its glory
said, “I am ready to get in to any of Black Beast was the creation of second Kasetsart University students with
the IIMs though I prefer IIM- year students from the Department of the C2R

Unlike the kids of Oz, they chose to IIT Guwahati Director Prof Gautam would formulate a long term scheme
use only one robot which would find Baruah said the board had urged for for solving technical problems
its way and collect blocks. These issuing such performance cards which pertaining to agriculture and a Joint
robots also used radio frequency would serve as certificates for the Working Group at State level would
technology to communicate and had students. “Many other institutes, which be formed for solving the problems
sensors, so that the robot never drifted want to take JEE candidates, can give relating to farm technology.
away from the grid lines. The battle admission to students on the basis of
ensued and it was clear that spending these performance cards,” Baruah said. Star Donor of the Month - Mr.
more time with your robot makes Rajesh Achanta [1987/BT/ME]
them strong and obedient. In fact, they Indian institute of Science will
I have been donating off and on as a
can also win you competitions! C2R start management course way of keeping the connection with
won the Mars Manoeuvre competition Indian Institute of Science (IISc.) is IITM going & also to express
and prize money of Rs. 1,50,000. The planning to start a two-year Master gratitude for the many ways in which
kids demonstrated how they won the programme in management from this the institute shaped me in my
battle. Check out the video below. academic session. The new courses will formative years. I'll be transiting
be very advance as it will concentrate through Chennai in early January - I
IIT-Bombay gets $3 million gift
more on technology management and would like to stop by at IITM &
More than 40 years ago a quiet business analytics. relive old memories for a little while!
student named Victor Menezes
IISc registrar R Mohan Das said the
graduated from the Indian Institute of Orissa CM confers award to
course would concentrate on synergies
Technology Bombay (IIT-B). He IIT-Kanpur Prof. Dr Devi
between managing science and
went on to become, among other Prasad Mishra
technology. Das said, “India, in recent
things, the senior vice-chairperson of
times, has emerged as one of the global In recognition of his research work,
Citigroup Inc. His “small way to say
hubs of technology and research and Dr. Mishra received Sir Rajendranath
thank you” to the institute has
development (R&D) units. Such Mookerjee Memorial and Aerospace
translated into a $3 million
technology-based and R&D-intensive Engineering Division Prize from The
(about Rs 13.5 crore) towards a state- industries need executives with Institution of Engineers (India),
of-the-art convention centre on the exposure and training in technology Kolkata, India. Dr. Mishra has more
institute’s Powai campus management and business analytics. than 15 years of teaching and
“I received priceless education from The program has been specially research experience. He has served
IIT Bombay and this is a small way designed to train students in technology as Visiting Professor in 2002 at the
to say thank you”, said Menezes. “I management and business analytics.” Tokyo-Denki University, Japan.
hope the centre will help support the The course will be conducted by the Presently, he is working as an
exchange of ideas at IIT Bombay.” department of management studies, Associate Professor in the
which was established in the year 1848, Department of Aerospace
IIT-JEE candidates to get and is one of the oldest schools in the Engineering at Indian Institute of
performance cards now country. An official at the dept. said Technology (IIT) Kanpur, Kanpur,
that application forms for the course India where he was instrumental in
Students appearing for the next Joint establishing a combustion laboratory.
Entrance Examination (JEE) for will be available from the month of
admission to IITs will get February. Candidates who have passed His areas of research interest include
performance cards specifying marks the Joint Entrance Test (JMET) with combustion, computational fluid
and the ranks secured by them in the first class BE/B.Tech degree/equivalent dynamics, atomization, nanomaterial
test. However, as per the new is eligible for the course. The synthesis etc. He is an Associate
provision, they cannot seek regrading department will conduct group Editor, Journal of Natural Gas
or re-totalling. discussion and personal interview Science and Engineering, Elsevier,
before selecting students for the course. USA and Assistant Editor,
For the first time, the JEE Board International Journal of Hydrogen
would issue performance cards which IIT Mandi to formulate plan for
Energy, Elsevier, USA. Currently he
can be considered as certificates by solving technical problems is serving as Editor, Asia Pacific
many other institutions wanting to pertaining to agriculture in Conference on Combustion, 2010.
give admission to JEE candidates. The Himachal Pradesh Dr. Mishra has four Indian patents
board will also put out the answers of and more than 154 publications in
Shimla: Shri Ram Subhag Singh,
the questions on its website to help referred Journals and in conference
Secretary, Agriculture and Information
students make assessment of their proceedings to his credit.
and Public Relations said that H.P.
performance.
Agriculture Department and IIT Mandi

Success Story
This article contains storie/interviews of persons who succeed after graduation from different IITs
Mr. Vineet Buch

B-Tech from IIT-Kanpur
(A venture capitalist based in san francisco)
Vineet Buch still remembers 10 June 1987. Bhopal. The IT HELPS TO BE NO. 1
Indian Institute of Technology All India Joint Entrance
During his days in IIT Kanpur, Buch was a long-distance
Exam (IIT-JEE) results were announced. Buch, then a 15- athlete, weightlifter and footballer. He competed in both
year-old dabbling with career choices, scanned through the the 5,000 and 10,000 metres. But in August 1993, a doctor
rank-holders list. Then he scanned it again. Soon he made
at Delhi’s All India Institute of Medical Sciences
up his mind. He would try and finish No. 1 in the entrance diagnosed the 20-year-old with ankylosing spondylitis, a
exam. “It seemed like a cool thing to do.”
progressively crippling disease without a cure.
Every year thousands of Indian students aspire to get into
Buch suffered inflammation of the eyes and internal
an IIT. Close to 400,000 candidates lined up this year. One organs. “Sometimes it was so hard for me to even sit, stand
in 65 made the cut. Twenty years ago, the number of or sleep,” he recalls. Things got progressively worse over
applicants wasn’t as staggering but there were fewer seats.
his two-year graduate program at Cornell University.
Golfers will tell you that the odds of an amateur pulling off “When I finished in 1995, I was immobilised throughout
a hole-in-one are 1 in 12,750. Still, that’s a doddle much of my body. A doctor advised me to stop working
compared to what Buch was up against.
and apply for disability payments.”
“Hardly anyone in Bhopal even wrote the JEE, let alone
Buch refused. He moved to San Francisco and started a
got in,” says Buch, 37, a venture capitalist based in San self-directed rehabilitation programme. He began with
Francisco. “I found it tough to get the right books, like a long sessions of swimming and gradually started to walk,
Russian physics book by IE Irodov. My parents [who were
bike and hike. In 2001, he successfully undertook the
IAS officers] requested the Indian embassy in Moscow to Death Ride over five alpine passes on the Sierra Nevada
photocopy the book and send it across.” mountain range in California, US. But biking hurt his
In June 1989, Buch was declared No. 1 in the IIT JEE knees. Searching for a sport that didn’t tax his legs, he
exam, arguably the most challenging and competitive discovered surf skiing, one that uses a long, narrow,
exam in the world. Only around 50 Indians have lightweight kayak with an open cockpit and a foot-pedal
experienced the feeling—the numbness, the ecstasy, the controlled rudder. On 17 May, Buch took part in the 2009
dizziness. Molokai Challenge in Hawaii, a 32-mile surf ski race
Once every year, JEE toppers appear on television and between Molokai and Oahu, in rough waters swarming
newspapers carry congratulatory messages. You see mug with tiger sharks. He finished the race.
shots of students, interviews with parents, and “I thought being No 1 in JEE was tough,” says Buch. “But
advertisements for coaching centres. We spend a lot of overcoming this disease has been something else. The JEE
time celebrating their success, but rarely do we look effort definitely helped with this—I knew the levels of
further. determination I was capable of and refused to give up.”
What becomes of these brilliant 17-year-olds? What are
the challenges they encounter? Do any of them pursue
unconventional careers? These were some of the questions
Open set out with while tracking down the very elite group
of JEE toppers.

KNOW IIT-JEE
By Previous Exam Questions
(a) Find the value of H if the particle just reaches the

PHYSICS disc.
(b) Sketch the potential energy of the particle as a
1. Two narrow cylindrical pipes A and B have the same function of its height and find its equilibirum
length. Pipe A is open at both ends and is filled with a position. [IIT- 1999]
monoatomic gas of molar mass MA. Pipe B is open at Sol. (a) Given that : a = radius of disc, σ = surface
one end and closed at the other end, and is filled with a charge density, q/m = 4ε0g/σ
diatomic gas of molar mass MB. Both gases are at the The K.E. of the particle, when it reaches the disc can
same temperature. [IIT- 2002] be taken as zero.
(a) If the frequency of the second harmonic of the Potential due to a charged disc at any axial point
fundamental mode in pipe A is equal to the frequecy of situated at a distance x from 0.
the third harmonic of the fundamental mode in pipe B, σ
V(x) = [ a 2 + x 2 – x] ]
determine the value of MA/MB. 2ε 0
(b) Now the open end of pipe B is also closed (so that σ
the pipe is closed at bout ends). FInd the ratio of the Hence, V(H) [ a2 + H 2 – H ]
2ε 0
fundamental frequency in pipe A to that in pipe B.
Sol. (a) Second harmonic in pipe A = 2 [(v0)A] Third σa
and V(O) =
harmonic of pipe B = 3 [(v0)B] 2ε 0
v v According to law of conservation of energy, Loss of
=2   =3  gravitation potential energy = gain in electric
 2l   4l 
potential energy
1 γ A RT 3 γ B RT H
(m,q)
= =
l MA 4l MB
A B
Gas (Monoatomic) Gas (Diatomic) H
MA MB
l l a
O
Given that second harmonic in pipe A = Third
harmonic of pipe B mgH = qDV = q[V(0) – V(H)]
1 γ A RT 3 γ B RT σ
⇒ = mgH = g[a – { (a 2 + H 2 ) – H}] …(1)
l MA 4l MB 2ε 0
MA 400 σq
⇒ = [γA = 1.67 and γβ = 1.4] From the given relatuion : = 2 mg (given)
MB 189 2ε 0
Putting this is equation (1), we get,
γ A RT γ B RT
(b) (v0)A = (v0)B =
MA MB MgH = 2mg[a – { (a 2 + H 2 ) – H }]
(v 0 ) A γA MB 3 or H = 2[a + H – (a 2 + H 2 ) ]
∴ = × =
(v 0 ) B M A γB 4
or H = 2a + 2H – 2 (a 2 + H 2 )
2. A non-conducting disc of radius a and uniform positive
or 2 (a 2 + H 2 ) = H + 2a
surcface charge density σ is placed on the ground, with
its axis vertical. A particle of mass m and positive or 4a2 + 4H2 = H2 + 4a2 + 4aH
charge q is dropped, along the axis of the disc, from a 4a
or 3H2 + 4aH or H =
height H with zero initial velocity. The particle has 3
q/m = ε0g/σ. [Q H = O is not valid]

(b) Total potential energy of the particle at height h When the ring is rotating, we can treat it as a current
qσ carrying loop. The magnetic mement of this loop
U(x) = mgx + qV(x) = mgx + ( a 2 + x 2 – x) Q Q
2ε 0 M = iA = × πr2 = ω × πr2
T 2π
= mgx + 2mg [ a 2 + x 2 – x ] This current carrying loop will create its own
magnetic field which will interact with the given
= mg [2 a 2 + x 2 ) – x] …(2) vertical magnetic field in such a way that the
dU tensions in the strings will become unequal. Let the
For equilibrium : =0 tension in the string be T1 and T2.
dx
For translational equilibrium
a T1 + T2 = mg …(2)
This gives : x =
3 For rotational equilibrium
From equation (2), graph between U(x) and x is as Torque acting on the ring about the centre of ring
shown above. → → →
τ = M × B
U
t = M × B × sin 90º
2 mga
Q QωBr 2
3 mga = ω × πr2 × B =
2π 2
For rotational equilibrium, the torque about the
centre of ring should be zero.
O a/ 3 H = 4a/3 X D D QωBr 2
∴ T1 × – T2 × =
2 2 2
3. A wheel of radius R having charge Q, uniformly QωBr 2
distributed on the rim of the wheel is free to rotate ⇒ T1 – T2 = …(3)
about a light horizontal rod. The rod is suspended by D
ligh inextensible strings and a magnetic field B is On solving (2) and (3) we get
applied as shown in the figure. The initial tensions in
the strings are T0. If the breaking tension of the stringas mg QωBr 2
3T0 T1 = +
are , find the maximum angular velocity ω0 2 2D
2
with which the wheel can be rotated. [IIT-2003] 3T0
But the maximam tension is
d 2
3T0 Qωmax Br 2  mg 
∴ = T0 + Q T0 = 2 
2 2D  
T0 T0
DT0
∴ ωmax =
BQr 2
ω0
4. An object is moving with velocity 0.01 m/s towards a
convex lens of focal length 0.3 m. Find the magnitude
B of rate of separation of image from the lens when the
object is at a distance of 0.4m From the lens. Also
calculated the magnitude of the rate of change of the
lateral magnification. [IIT-2004]
Sol. From above figure, when the ring is not rotating wt. Sol. f = 0.3 m, u = – 0.4 m
of ring = Tension in string mg = 2T0 Using lens formula
mg 1 1 1
∴ T0 = …(1) – =
2 v – 0.4 0.3
⇒ v = 1.2 m

Now we have 3e 2
1 1 1 ∴ r=
– = , differentiating w.r.t. t 4πε 0 × 208mv 2
v u f
Substituting the value of v from (1) we get
1 dv 1 du 3e 2 × 416πmr × 416πmr
we have – + 2 =0
v 2 dt
u dt r=
4πε 0 × 208n 2 h 2
du
given = 0.01 m/s n 2 h 2ε0
dt ⇒ r= …(2)
2 624πme 2
 dv  (120)
⇒   = × 0.01 = 0.09 m/s (ii) The radius of the first orbit of the hydrogen atom
dt
  (0.4) 2
ε h2
So, rate of seperation of the image (w.r.t. the lens) = = 0 2 …(3)
πme
0.09 m/s
To find the value of n for which the radius of the
udv vdu orbit is approximately the same as that of the
–
v dm
Now, m = ⇒ = dt 2 dt first Bohr orbit for hydrogen atom, we equate
u dt u equation (2) and (3)
(0.4)(0.09) – (1.2)(0.01) n 2h 2ε0 ε h2
= – 0.35 = 0 2 ⇒ n = 624 ≈ 25
(0.4) 2 624πme 2
πme
So magnitude of the rate of change of lateral
magnification = 0.35. 1 1 1 
(iii) = 208 R × z2  2 – 2
λ  n1 n2 
5. A particle of charge equal to that of an electron, –e, and
mass 208 times the mass of the electron (called a nu-
meson) moves in a circular orbit around a nucleus of 1 1 1 
⇒ = 208 × 1.097 × 107 × 32  2 – 2 
charge + 3e. (Take the mass of the nucleus to be λ 1 3 
infinite). Assuming that the bohr model of the atom is
applicable to this system. ⇒ λ = 5.478 × 10–11 m
(i) Derive an expression for the radius of the nth Bohr
orbit.
(ii) Find the value of n for which the radius of the orbit
is approximately the same as that of the first Bohr
CHEMISTRY
orbit for the hydrogen atom.
(iii) Find the wavelength of the radiation emitted when 6. A metallic element crystallizes into a lattice
the mu-meson jumps from the third orbit of the first containing a sequence of layers of ABABAB ..... Any
orbit. [IIT-1988] packing of spheres leaves out voids in the lattice.
Sol. (i) Let m be the mass of electron. Then the mass of What percentage by volume of this lattice is empty
mu-meson is 208 m. According to Bohr's space ? [IIT-1996]
postualte, the angular momentum of mu-meson Sol. A unit cell of hcp structure is a hexagonal cell, which
is shown in fig. Three such cells form one hcp unit.
should be an integral multiple of h/2π.
For hexagonal cell, a = b ≠ c; α = β = 90º and
e
γ = 120º. It has 8 atoms at the corners and one inside,
r hence
+3e 8
Number of atoms per unit cell = +1=2
8
O
nh
∴ (208 m) vr =
2π a
nh nh 60º
∴ v= = …(1)
2π × 208mr 416πmr N b
Since mu-meson is moving in a circular path 3 2
therefore it needs centripetal force which is Area of the base = b × ON = b × a sin 60º = a
provided by the electrostatic force between the 2
nucleus and mu-meson. ( Q b = a)
Volume of the hexagonal cell
(208m) v 2 1 3e × e
∴ = × 3 2
r 4πε 0 r2 = Area of the base × height = a.c
2

2 2 Q [Ag+] = [I–]
But c= a
3 ∴ Ksp of AgI = [Ag+]2
∴ [Ag+] of AgI = K sp of AgI
[Ag+] = 8.7 × 10 −17

= 9.3 × 10–9 M
0.0591 1
So E Ag + / Ag = 0.799 – log
c 1 9.3 × 10 −9
β α
b = + 0.799 + 0.0591 log 9.3 – 0.0591 × 9 log 10
a γ
= + 0.799 + 0.0591 × 0.9785 – 0.0591 × 9
= 0.325 V
∴ Volume of the hexagonal cell For above cell reaction
3 2 2 2 0.0591
= a . a = a3 2 Ecell = Eºcell – log [Ag+] [I–]
2 3 n
and radius of the atom, 0.0591
r = a/2 = Eºcell – log (Ksp of AgI)
Hence, fraction of total volume of atomic packing n
Volume of 2 atoms At equilibrium Ecell = 0
factor =
Volume of the hexagonal cell 0.0591
3 ∴ Eºcell = log(8.7 × 10–17) = –0.95 volt
4 4 a 1
2 × πr 3 2 × π 
3 3 2 π Eºcell = Eºcathode + Eºanode
= 3
= 3
=
a 2 a 2 3 2 –0.95 = –0.799 + EºAg/AgI/I–
= 0.74 = 74%
(In form of cell reaction)
∴ The percentage of void space = 100 – 74
–
= 26% EºAg/AgI/I = – 0.95 + 0.799 = –0.151 V
or EºI–/AgI/Ag = + 0.151 V
+
7. (The standard reduction potential of Ag /Ag
electrode at 298 K is 0.799V. Given that for AgI, 8. An organic compound A, C6H10O, on reaction with
Ksp = 8.7 × 10–17, evaluate the potential of Ag+/Ag CH3MgBr followed by acid treatment gives
electrode in a saturated solution of AgI. Also compound B. The compound B on ozonolysis gives
calculate the standard reduction potential of compound C, which in presence of a base gives
I– electrode. [IIT-1994] 1-acetyl cyclopentene D. The compound B on
Sol. In the saturated solution of AgI, the half cell reaction with HBr gives compound E. Write the
reactions are structures of A, B, C and E. Show how D is formed
At anode : Ag → Ag+ + e– from C.
At cathode : AgI + e– → Ag + I– [IIT-2000]
Sol. The given reactions are as follows.
Cell reaction AgI → Ag+ + I–
O OMgBr CH3 CH3
On applying Nernst equation Br
CH3
0.0591 CH3MgBr H+ HBr
Ecell = Eºcell – log [Ag+] [I–]
n –H2O
(A) (B) (E)
For electrode
Ag+ + e– → Ag
COCH3 COCH3 CH3
0.0591 1 O
∴ E Ag + / Ag = E º Ag + / Ag – log Base
n [Ag + ] O O
Ksp of AgI = [Ag+] [I–] (D) (C)

The conversion of C into D may involve the (iii) NaNO2 + NH4Cl → NaCl + N2 ↑ + 2H2O
following mechanism. (B) (E) (D)
COCH3 COCH3 COCH3 ∆
(iv) 2NaNO3 + (NH4)2SO4 → Na2SO4 + 2NH3
–
CH2 O HC O HC O (A) (G) (F)
B+ BH+
2HNO3
–BH+ –B
∆ H O
(C) (v) O2 + 2Mg → 2MgO 
2
→ Mg(OH)2
(C)
COCH3 COCH3 COCH3
∆
– (vi) N2 + 3Ca → Ca3N2
OH +B OH –OH–
(D)
–BH+ Ca3N2 + 6H2O → 3Ca(OH)2 + 2NH3 ↑
(D)
Hence,
(A) is NaNO3,
9. A colourless solid (A) on heating gives a white solid
(B) is NaNO2,
(B) and a colourless gas (C). (B) gives off reddish-
(C) is O2,
brown fumes on treating with H2SO4. On treating
(D) is N2,
with NH4Cl, (B) gives a colourless gas (D) and a
(E) is NaCl,
residue (E). The compound (A) on heating with
(F) is NH3 and (G) is Na2SO4.
(NH4)2SO4 gives a colourless gas (F) and white
residue (G). Both (E) and (G) impart bright yellow
colour to Bunsen flame. The gas (C) forms white 10. An alkyl halide X, of formula C6H13Cl on treatment
powder with strongly heated Mg metal which on with potassium t-butoxide gives two isomeric alkenes
hydrolysis produces Mg(OH)2. The gas (D) on Y and Z(C6H12). Both alkenes on hydrogenation give
heating with Ca gives a compound which on 2, 3-dimethyl butane. Predict the structures of X, Y
hydrolysis produces NH3. Identify compounds (A) to and Z. [IIT-1996]
(G) giving chemical equations involved. Sol. The alkyl halide X, on dehydrohalogenation gives
Sol. The given information is as follows : two isomeric alkenes.
(i) A Heat
→ B + C K − t − butoxide
C 6 H13Cl   → Y + Z
Colourless Solid Colourless X ∆ ; – HCl C 6 H12
Solid gas
Both, Y and Z have the same molecular formula
∆
(ii) B + H2SO4 → Reddish brown gas C6H12(CnH2n). Since, both Y and Z absorb one mol of
∆
(iii) B + NH4Cl → D + E H2 to give same alkane 2, 3-dimethyl butane, hence
Colourless gas they should have the skeleton of this alkane.
(iv) A + (NH4)2SO4 →∆
F + G Y and Z (C6H12) H→
2 CH3 – CH – CH – CH3
Ni
olourless gas White CH3 CH3
Residue
2,3-dimethyl butane
(v) E and G imparts yellow colour to the flame.
(vi) C + Mg Heat

H 2O
→ White powder → Mg(OH)2 The above alkane can be prepared from two alkenes
Heat H 2O CH3 – C = C – CH3 and CH3 – CH – C = CH2
(vii) D + Ca  → Compound  → NH3
Information of (v) indicates that (E) and (G) and also CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3
(A) are the salts of sodium because Na+ ions give 2,3-dimethyl 2,3-dimethyl
butene-1
yellow coloured flame. Observations of (ii) indicate butene-2 (Z)
that the anion associated with Na+ in (A) may be (Y)
NO3–. Thus, the compound (A) is NaNO3. The hydrogenation of Y and Z is shown below :
The reactions involved are as follows : CH3 – C = C – CH3 H2
CH3 – CH – CH – CH3
∆ Ni
(i) 2NaNO3 → 2NaNO2 + O2 ↑
CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3
(A) (B) (C)
(Y)
(ii) 2NaNO2 + H2SO4 → Na2SO4 + 2HNO2 H2
CH3 – CH – C = CH2 CH3 – CH – CH – CH3
(B) Dil. Ni
3HNO2 → HNO3 + H2O + 2NO↑ CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3
(Z)
2NO + O2 → 2NO2 ↑
Reddish brown Both, Y and Z can be obtained from following alkyl
halide :
Fumes

Cl from (3) and (2), we get
K-t-butoxide – 8 a + 4b = 1 ...(5)
CH3 – C – CH – CH3
∆; –HCl adding (4) and (5), we get
CH3 CH3 4a = –2
2-chloro-2,3-dimethyl butane ⇒ a = –1/2
(X)
Putting a = –1/2 in (4), we get
CH2 = C — CH – CH3 + CH3 – C = C – CH3 12(–1/2) – 4b = –3
CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3 ⇒ – 6 – 4b = –3
(Z) 20% (Y) 80% ⇒ – 3 = 4b
Cl ⇒ b = –3/4
Hence, a = –1/2, b = –3/4 and c = 3
Hence, X, CH3 – C – CH – CH3
CH3 CH3 12. In a triangle ABC, the median to the side BC is of

Y, CH3 – C = C – CH3 1
length and it divides the angle A into
CH3 CH3 11 − 6 3
angles 30º and 45º. Find the length of the side BC.
Z, CH3 – CH – C = CH2 [IIT-1985]
CH3 CH3 Sol. Let AD be the median to the base BC = a of ∆ABC
let ∠ADC = θ then
MATHEMATICS a a a
2
a
 +  cot θ = cot 30º – cot 45º
2
2 2
11. The curve y = ax3 + bx2 + cx + 5, touches the x-axis at 3 −1
⇒ cot θ =
P(–2, 0) and cuts the y axis at a point Q, where its 2
gradient is 3. Find a, b, c. [IIT-1994] Applying sine rule in ∆ADC, we get
A
Sol. It is given that y = ax3 + bx2 + cx + 5 touches x-axis at
P(–2, 0) which implies that x-axis is tangent at 30º 45º
(–2, 0) and the curve is also passes through (–2, 0).
The curve cuts y-axis at (0, 5) and gradient at this
point is given 3 therefore at (0, 5) slope of the tangent
θ
is 3. B C
a/2 D a/2
dy AD DC
Now, = 3ax2 + 2bx + c =
dx sin( π − θ − 45º ) sin 45º
since x-axis is tangent at (–2, 0) therefore AD a/2
⇒ =
dy sin(θ + 45º ) 1/ 2
=0
dx a
x = −2 ⇒ AD = {sin 45º cosθ + cos45ºsinθ}
⇒ 0 = 3a(–2)2 + 2b(–2) + c 2
⇒ 0 = 12a – 4b + c ...(1) a  cos θ + sin θ  a
⇒ AD =   = (cos θ + sin θ)
again slope of tangent at (0, 5) is 3 2 2  2
a  
dy
⇒ =3 1 3 −1 2 
dx ( 0, 5) ⇒ = +

2 8−2 3 
11 − 6 3  8−2 3 
⇒ 3 = 3a(0)2 + 2b(0) + c
⇒ 3=c ...(2) 2 8−2 3
⇒ a=
Since, the curve passes through (–2, 0), we get ( 3 + 1) 11 − 6 3
0 = a(–2)3 + b(–2)2 + c(–2) + 5
2 8−2 3
0 = – 8a + 4b – 2c + 5 ...(3) ⇒ a=
from (1) and (2), we get ( 3 + 1) 2 11 − 6 3
12a – 4b = –3 ...(4)

2 8−2 3
π/3 π + 4x3
⇒ a= 15. Evaluate ∫−π / 3  π
dx [IIT-2004]
(4 + 2 3 )(11 − 6 3) 2 − cos | x | + 
 3
8−2 3 8−2 3
⇒ a=2 =2 =2 Sol. Let,
44 − 24 3 + 22 3 − 36 8−2 3
π/3 πdx π/3 x 3 dx
13. Without using tables, prove that
I= ∫
−π / 3  π
+4 ∫−π / 3  π
1 2 − cos | x | +  2 − cos | x | + 
(sin 12º) (sin 48º) (sin 54º) = [IIT-1982]  3  3
8
Sol. (sin 12º) (sin 48º) (sin 54º) a  0, f (− x) = − f ( x)
1
= (2 sin 12º sin 48º) sin 54º
Using ∫ −a
f ( x) dx = 
2 ∫
a
f ( x)dx, f (− x) = f ( x) 

2  0 
1
= {cos (36º) – cos (60º)}sin 54º π/3 πdx
2 ∴ I=2 ∫ 0  π
+0
1  1 2 − cos | x | + 
= cos 36º −  sin 54º  3
2  2
1  
= {2 cos 36º sin 54º – sin 54º}
4  3 
 π/3 x dx 
1
= (sin 90º + sin 18º – sin 54º)
as

∫
−π / 3  π
is odd 

4 2 − cos | x | + 
  3 
1  5 −1 5 + 1 
= 1 + −  π/3 dx
4  4 4  I = 2π ∫0 2 − cos( x + π / 3)
1  5 − 1 − 5 − 1 
= 1 + 
4  4  2π / 3 dt π
1  1 1
= 2π ∫ π/3 2 − cos t
, where x + = t
3
= 1 −  =
4  2 8 t
2π / 3 sec 2 dt
14. An unbiased die, with faces numbered 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, = 2π ∫ π/3
2
1 + 3 tan 2
t
is thrown n times and the list on n numbers showing
up is noted. What is the probability that among the 2
numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 only three numbers appear in
this list ? [IIT-2001] = 2π ∫
3 2du
1 / 3 1 + 3u 2
=
4π
3
. { 3 tan −1
}
3u 1 /
3
3
Sol. Let us define at onto function F from A : [r1, r2 ... rn]
to B : [1, 2, 3] where r1r2 .... rn are the readings of n
throws and 1, 2, 3 are the numbers that appear in the 4π 4π 1
= (tan–1 3 – tan–11) = tan–1  
n throws. 3 3 2
Number of such functions,
M = N – [n(1) – n(2) + n(3)] π/3 π + 4x3 4π 1
where N = total number of functions and ∴ ∫
−π / 3  π
dx =
3
tan–1   .
2
n(t) = number of function having exactly t elements 2 − cos | x | + 
in the range.  3 
Now, N = 3n, n(1) = 3.2n, n(2) = 3, n(3) = 0
⇒ M = 3n – 3.2n + 3
Hence the total number of favourable cases
= (3n – 3.2n + 3). 6C3
(3 n − 3.2 n + 3) × 6 C 3
⇒ Required probability =
6n

Physics Challenging Problems
Set # 10
This section is designed to give IIT JEE aspirants a thorough grinding & exposure to variety
of possible twists and turns of problems in physics that would be very helpful in facing IIT
JEE. Each and every problem is well thought of in order to strengthen the concepts and we
hope that this section would prove a rich resource for practicing challenging problems and
enhancing the preparation level of IIT JEE aspirants.
By : Dev Sharma
So lutions will b e p ub lished in nex t issue Director Academics, Jodhpur Branch
1. Two capacitors C1 and C2, can be charged to a 4. 6 parallel plates are arranged as shown. Each plate
potential V/2 each by having has an area A and distance between them is as
C1 C2 shown. Plate 1-4 and plates 3-6 are connected
equivalent capacitance across 2 and 5 can be writted
R nA ∈0
V R O as . Find mininum value of n. (n, d are
S1 S2 d
(A) S1 closed and S2 open natural numbers)
(B) S1 open and S2 closed 1
(C) S1 and S2 both closed 2 d
(D) cannot be charged at V/2 3 d
2. Energy liberated in the de-excitation of hydrogen 2d
atom from 3rd level to 1st level falls on a photo- 4
cathode. Later when the same photo-cathode is d 5
exposed to a spectrum of some unknown hydrogen d 6
like gas, excited to 2nd energy level, it is found that
the de-Broglie wavelength of the fastest 5. Match the following
photoelectrons, now ejected has decreased by a Column – I Column – II
factor of 3. For this new gas, difference of energies (A) A light conducting (P) Magnetic field B
of 2nd Lyman line and 1st Balmer line if found to be 3 circular flexible is doubled.
times the ionization potential of the hydrogen atom. loop of wire of
Select the correct statement(s) radius r carrying
(A) The gas is lithium current I is placed
(B) The gas is helium in uniform magnetic
(C) The work function of photo-cathode is 8.5eV field B, the tension
(D) The work function of photo-cathode is 5.5eV in the loop is doubled if
3. In the figure shown there exists a uniform time (B) Magnetic field at a (Q) Inductance is
varying magnetic field B = [(4T/s) t + 0.3T] in a point due to a long increased by four
cylindrical region of radius 4m. An equilateral straight current times.
triangular conducting loop is placed in the magnetic carrying wire at a
field with its centroide on the axis of the field and its point near the wire
plane perpendicular to the field. is doubled if
A (C) The energy stored (R) Current I is
+ + + + in the inductor will doubled
+ + + + + + become four times
+ + + + + + (D)The force acting on a (S) Radius r is
+ + + + + +
+ + + + + + moving charge, doubled
B + + + + C moving in a constant
(A) e.m.f. induced in any one rod is 16V magnetic field will be
doubled if
(B) e.m.f. induced in the complete ∆ABC is 48 3V (T) Velocity v is
(C) e.m.f. induced in the complete ∆ABC is 48V Doubled
(D) e.m.f. induced in any one rod is 16 3V

Passage # (Q. No. 6 to Q. No. 8 )
A solid, insulating ball of radius ‘a’ is surrounded by
a conducting spherical shell of inner radius ‘b’ and
outer radius ‘c’ as shown in the figure. The inner ball
has a charge Q which is uniformly distribute
throughout is volume. The conducting spherical shell
has a charge –Q.
Answer the following questions. Regents Physics
–Q You Should Know
b
c Nuclear Physics :
Q • Alpha particles are the same as helium nuclei and
a have the symbol .
• The atomic number is equal to the number of
6. Assuming the potential at infinity to be zero, the protons (2 for alpha)
potential at a point located at a distance a/2 from the
• Deuterium ( ) is an isotope of hydrogen ( )
centre of the sphere will be :
• The number of nucleons is equal to protons +
Q 2 1
(A) − neutrons (4 for alpha)
4πε 0  a b 
• Only charged particles can be accelerated in a
Q  11 1  particle accelerator such as a cyclotron or Van
(B) −
4πε 0  8a b  Der Graaf generator.
Q 1 1  • Natural radiation is alpha ( ), beta ( ) and

(C)
4πε 0 a − b gamma (high energy x-rays)
 
(D) None of these • A loss of a beta particle results in an increase in
atomic number.
7. Work done by external agent in taking a charge q • All nuclei weigh less than their parts. This mass
slowly from inner surface of the shell to surface of defect is converted into binding energy. (E=mc2)
the sphericalball will be :
• Isotopes have different neutron numbers and
1 1 atomic masses but the same number of protons
(A) kQq  − 
a c (atomic numbers).
1 1 • Geiger counters, photographic plates, cloud and
(B) kQq  −  bubble chambers are all used to detect or observe
b a 
radiation.
1 1 
(C) kQq  −  • Rutherford discovered the positive nucleus using
a b his famous gold-foil experiment.
1 1  • Fusion requires that hydrogen be combined to
(D) kQq  − 
c a  make helium.
• Fission requires that a neutron causes uranium to
8. Now the outer shell is grounded, i.e., the outer be split into middle size atoms and produce extra
surface is fixed to be zero. Now the charge on the
neutrons.
inner ball will be :
(A) zero (B) Q
• Radioactive half-lives can not be changed by heat
or pressure.
Q1 1 1 Q1 1 1
(C)  + −  (D)  + −  • One AMU of mass is equal to 931 meV of energy
Ca c b b a c b (E = mc2).
• Nuclear forces are strong and short ranged.

8 Solution
Set # 9
Physics Challenging Problems

Qu e s tio ns we r e Pub lis he d in Januar y I ssu e
1. Option [C] is correct 3. A→Q B→R

Magnetic field due to infinite current carrying sheet C→P D→Q
µ J i. At t = 1s, flux is increasing in the inward
is given by B = 0 , where J is linear current
2 direction, hence induced e.m.f. will be in
density. anticlockwise direction.
I IV
ii. At t = 5s, there is no change in flux, so induced
µ0J µ0J
e.m.f. is zero
µ0J
2 2 2 iii. At t = 9s, flux is increasing in upward direction
hence induced e.m.f. will be in clockwise
µ0J direction.
2
iv. At t = 15s, flux is decreasing in upward direction,
so induced e.m.f. will be in anticlockwise
(a) (b) direction.
Fig. (a) and (b) represent the direction of magnetic
field due to current carrying sheets. For x < a, 4. Option [A,B,D] is correct
µ J µ J (2J ) µ 0 (3J) µ 0 (4J) Rate of work done by external agent is
B resul tant = 0 − 0 − +
2 2 2 2 de/dt = BIL.dx/dt = BILv and thermal power
For a < x < 2a, dissipated in resistor = eI = (BvL) I clearly both are
µ J µ (2J) µ 0 (3J) µ 0 (4J) equal, hence (A).
B resul tant = 0 − 0 − + = −µ 0 J If applied external force is doubled, the rod will
2 2 2 2
For 2a < x < 3a, experience a net force and hence acceleration. As a
µ J µ (2J) µ 0 (3J ) µ 0 (4J ) result velocity increase, hence (B).
B resul tant = 0 + 0 − − =0 Since, I = e/R
2 2 2 2
So, the required curve is On doubling R, current and hence required power
become half.
Since, P = BILv
Hence (D)
5. Option [A] is correct
2. A → P,Q,S ; B → P,Q,R,S
C → P,Q,R,S ; D→Q
i. Velocity of the particle may be constant, if forces
of electric and magnetic fields balance each other.
Then, path of particle will be straight line. Also,
path of particle may be helical if magnetic and → ∧ → ∧
electric fields are in same direction. But path of 1.5(µ 1 × j) = 2(µ 2 × j)
particle cannot be circular. Path can be circular if
∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧
only magnetic field is present, or if some other 1.5(a i + b j) × j = 2[(c i + d j) × j]
forces is present which can cancel the effect of
electric field. ∧ ∧
ii. Here, all the possibilities are possible depending 1.5a k = 2c k
upon the combinations of the three fields. a 20 4
iii. This situation is similar to part (i) = =
c 1.5 3
iv. In a uniform electric field, path can be only
straight line or parabolic.

6. Option [A] is correct
I2
f –
WHAT ARE EARTHQUAKES?
f sin60º f cos60º +
f
I2
x
u = -f cos60º
f = +f
1 1 1
= −
f v − f cos 60º
1 1 2
= +
f v f
1 2 1 Earthquakes like hurricanes are not only super
− =
f f v destructive forces but continue to remain a mystery
v = -f in terms of how to predict and anticipate them. To
f
= cos 60º understand the level of destruction associated with
x
earthquakes you really need to look at some
f
=x examples of the past.
cos 60º
x = 2f If we go back to the 27th July 1976 in Tangshan,
∴ final image will formed at optical centre of first China, a huge earthquake racked up an official
lens. death toll of 255,000 people. In addition to this an
7. Option [C] is correct estimated 690,000 were also injured, whole
Cv = (3 + 2T)R families, industries and areas were wiped out in the
dQ = dU + PdV blink of a second. The scale of destruction is hard to
adiabatic process dQ = 0 imagine but earthquakes of all scales continue to
0 = Rn (3 + 2T)dT + PdV
happen all the time.
nRT
0 = Rn (3 + 2T )dT + dV
V So what exactly are they ? Well the earths outer
dV  3 + 2T  layer is made up of a thin crust divided into a
∫ −
V ∫
= 
 T 
dT
number of plates. The edges of these plates are
-log V = 3 logT + 2T + C referred to as boundaries and it’s at these
-logV – logT3 = 2T + C boundaries that the plates collide, slide and rub
log VT3 = 2T + C against each other. Over time when the pressure at
VT3 = e2T the plate edges gets too much, something has to
VT3e-2T = C
give which results in the sudden and often violent
8. Option [A] is correct tremblings we know as earthquakes.
P = P0 − αV 2 The strength of an earthquake is measured using a
PV = RT machine called a seismograph. It records the
RT trembling of the ground and scientists are able to
= P0 − αV 2
V measure the exact power of the quake via a scale
P0 V αV 3 known as the richter scale. The numbers range from
T= −
R R 1-10 with 1 being a minor earthquake (happen
dT
=0 multiple times per day and in most case we don’t
dV
even feel them) and 7-10 being the stronger quakes
P0 3αV 2 (happen around once every 10-20 years). There’s a
− =0
R R lot to learn about earthquakes so hopefully we’ll
P0 release some more cool facts in the coming months.
V= Now put V in T.
3α

Students' Forum
Expert’s Solution for Question asked by IIT-JEE Aspirants
PHYSICS
1. A trolley initially at rest with a solid cylinder placed ∴ F2 = ma cos θ
on its bed such that cylinder axis makes angle θ with F2 is not shown in the free body diagram because in
direction of motion of trolley as shown in Figure this diagram forces action normal to cylinder axis are
starts to move forward with constant acceleration a. shown.
If initial distance of mid point of cylinder axis from For horizontal forces,
rear edge of trolley bed is d, calculate the distance s F1 = m (a sin θ – rα) …(1)
which the trolley goes before the cylinder rolls off the mr 2
edge of its horizontal bed. Assume dimensions of F1r = I α where I=
cylinder to be very small in comparison to other 2
dimensions. Neglect slipping. 1
∴ F1 = mrα …(2)
2
θ
Form equation (1) and (2),
2
rα = a sin θ
3
The cylinder will roll off the edge of trolley bed
d
when its centre of mass reaches the edge. Since.
Calculate also, frictional force acting on the cylinder. cylinder axis is inclined at an angle 'θ' with direction
Sol. Since, axis of cylinder is inclined at angle θ with the of motion of trolley, therefore, its centre of mass
direction of motion of trolley, therefore components follows a straight line path relative to the trolley bed,
of acceleration a of trolley are acosθ along axis of and that straight line is normal to cylinder axis.
cylinder and asinθ normal to axis of the cylinder. Hence, displacement of centre of mass of the cylinde,
Cylinder rolls backward due to this normal relative to trolley is equal to (d. cosec θ).
component asinθ. considereing motion of cylinder relative to the
Let mass and radius of cylinder be m and r trolley,
respectively and let angular acceleration of cylinder 2
be α. u = 0, acceleration = rα = a sin θ, s = d cosec θ,
3
Due to angular acceleration, cylinder axis has t=?
acceleration relative to trolley bed, which will be
equal to rα normal to cylinder axis. But component 1 2 3d
Using, s = ut + at , or t =
of acceleration of trolley normal to cylinder axis is 2 a sin 2 θ
asinθ. Therefore, net acceleration of cylinder axis is
Now considering motion of trolley during this
(asinθ – rα) normal to axis.
interval ofd time,
Consider free body diagram of the cylinder as shown
figure 3d
u = 0, acceleration a , t = ,s=?
Note : There are two components of friction (i) F1 a sin 2 θ
(normal to cylinder axis) and
(ii) F2 (along cylinder axis). F2 prevents cylinder 1 2 3
Using, s = ut + at , s = d cosec2 θ Ans.
from sliding along axis or acosθ component of 2 2
acceleration of cylinder along axis is due to F2. 1 1
mg F1 = m. rα = ma sin θ
2 3
Total frictional force acting on the cylinder is
l.α
F= F12 + F22
F1 1
= ma sin 2 θ + 9 cos 2 θ Ans.
3
N m(a.sin θ –rα)

2. A particle of mass m is placed on centre of curvature When separation between particle and semicircular
of a fixed, uniform semi-circular ring of radius R and ring becomes large, potential energy becomes U2 = 0
M as shown in Figure. Claculate GMm
∴ Work done = U2 – U1 = Ans.(ii)
M R
3. A long round conductor of radius a is made of a

m material whose thermal conductivity depends on
R distance r from axis of the conductor as K = cr2 ,
where c is a constant. Calculate
(i) thermal resistance per unit length of such a
(i) interaction force between the ring and the particle conductor and
and (ii) temperature gradient if rate of heat flow through
(ii) work required to displace the particle from centre the rod is H.
of curvature to infinity. Sol. Since, thermal conductivity of material of the
Sol. To calculate, interaction force, consider two equal are conductor depends upon distance from its axis,
lengths R dθ each of the semi-circular ring as shown therefore, conductivity at every point of a co-axial
in figure cylindrical surface will be the same. To calculate
Rdθ thermal resistance of the given conductor, it may be
dθ assumed to be composed of thin co-axial cylindrical
θ shells which are in parallel combination with each
x other.
θ
Consider a thin co-axial cylindrical shell of radius x,
dθ
radial thickness dx and of unit length as shown in
Rdθ
figure
M mdθ
Mass of each arc, dM = Rdθ =
πR π
Gravitational force exerted by each arc on the
particle, Its cross sectional area, A = 2πx.dx
GmdM GMm Thermal conductivity K = cx2 and length l = 1 m
dF = 2
= dθ
R πR 2 l l
Since, force exerted by each arc is directly ∴ Its thermal resistance, dR = =
KA (cx 2 )2πx.dx
towards the arc, therefore, resultant of these two
forces is along negative x-axis and the resultant force 1
= dF1 cos θ or dR =
2πcx 3 .dx
2GMm
= cos θ dθ Since, such cylindrical shells are in parallel with each
πR 2 other, therefore, equivalent resistance R per unit
Total force on the particle is length is given by
θ= π / 2
2GMm x=a
F=
πR 2 ∫
θ =0
cos θdθ 1
R
= ∫
1
dR
= ∫ 2πcx .dx
3
x =0
2GMm
or F= Ans. (i) 2
πR 2 or R= Ans.(i)
Work done during displacement of particle from πca 4
centre of the curvature to infinity is used to increase Since, temperature gradient is temperature difference
gravitational potential energy of the system. per unit length, therefore, temperature gradient = rate
Initial gravitational potential energy of particle with of heat flow × resistance per unit length
each arc is
dθ 2H
Gm.dM GMm or =H×R= Ans. (ii)
dU = – =– dθ dt πca 4
R πR
∴ Total initial potential energy, 4. Switch S of circuit shown in Figure is in position 1
π/2
GMm for a long time. At instant t = 0, it is thrown from
U1 = –
πR ∫ dθ position 1 to 2. Calculate thermal power P1(t) and
θ= – π / 2 P2(t) generated across resistance R1 and R2
GMm respectively.
or U1 = –
R

C P1 = I2R1
E 2 R1
or P1 = e –2t /( R1 + R2 )C Ans.
R2
( R1 + R2 )C
S
2 Similarly, thermal power across R2, P2 = I2R2
R1
E 2 R2
1 or P2 = 2
e – 2t /( R1 + R2 )C Ans.
( R1 + R2 )
+ –
E 5. Two plane mirrors, a source S of light, emitting
Sol. Since, initially the switch was in position 1 for a long mono-chromatic rays of wavelength λ and a screen
time, therefore, initially the capacitor was fully are arranged as shown in figure. If angle θ is very
charged or potential difference across capacitor at small, calculate fringe width of interference pattern
t = 0 was equal to emf E fo the battery. formed on screen by reflected rays.
∴ Initial charge on capacitor, q0 = CE
Screen
When switch is thrown to position 2, capacitor starts
to discharge through resistance R1 and R2. To θ
calculate thermal power P1(t) and P2(t) generated
across R1 and R2 respectively, current I at time t S
through the circuit must be known. θ
Let at instant t, charge remaining on the capacitor be
q and let current through the circuit be I. a b
Applying Kirchhoff's voltage law on the mesh in the
Sol. Since, interference is due to reflected rays, therefore,
circuit of figure
C images S1 and S2 of the source S behave like two
coherent sources as shown in figure
+ –
q
I R2
M
R1 I θ
d R O
θ S
N
q
– IR2 – IR1 = 0
C
q a b
or I= ...(1)
( R1 + R2 )C D
Since, the capacitor is discharging, therfore, Distance of source S from each mirror = a cos θ
dq ∴ SS1 = SS2 = 2 × a cos θ
I=–
dt Distance between S1 and S2, d = SS1 sin θ + SS2 sin θ
∴ From equation (1), = 4a cos θ sin θ
dq dt
=– ...(2) But θ is very small, therefore cos θ ≈ 1 and sin θ ≈ θ
q ( R1 + R2 )C
∴ d = 4aθ
Knowing that at t = 0, q = q0 = CE, integrating
equation (2), Distance RS = SS1 cos θ = 2a.cos2θ ≈ 2a
q =? t ∴ Distance of screen from two coherent sources S1
dq dt
∫ q
=– ∫ ( R1 + R2 )C
and S2 is
q =CE t =0 D = RO = RS + SO
q t or D = (2a + b)
∴ log =–
CE ( R1 + R2 )C Now the arrangement is similar to Young's double
slit arrangement.
or q = CEe – t /( R1 + R2 )C
Dλ ( 2a + b )λ
dq ∴ Fringe width, ω= = Ans.
But I=– , d 4aθ
dt
E
therefore, I= e – t /( R1 + R2 )C ...(3)
( R1 + R2 )
Hence, thermal power across R1 is

P HYSICS F UNDAMENTAL F OR IIT-J EE
Matter Waves, Photo-electric Effect

KEY CONCEPTS & PROBLEM SOLVING STRATEGY
Matter Waves : particle duality. In certain circumstances, it

behaves like a wave, while in other circumstances
Planck's quantum theory : Wave-particle duality - it behaves like a particle.
Planck gave quantum theory while explaining the
The wave-particle is not the sole monopoly of
radiation spectrum of a black body. According to
e.m. waves. Even a material particle in motion
Planck's theory, energy is always exchanged in
according to de Broglie will have a wavelength.
integral multiples of a quanta of light or photon.
The de Broglie wavelength λ of the matter waves
Each photon has an energy E that depends only is also given by :
on the frequency ν of electromagnetic radiation h h h
and is given by : λ= = =
mv p 2mK
E = hν .....(1)
–34 where K is the kinetic energy of the particle.
where h = 6.6 × 10 joule-sec, is Planck's
constant. In any interaction, the photon either If a particle of mass m kg and charge q coulomb
gives up all of its energy or none of it. is accelerated from rest through a potential
difference of V volt. Then
From Einstein's mass-energy equivalence
principle, we have 1
mv2 = qV or mv = 2mqV
E = mc 2
.....(2) 2
h 12.34
Using equations (1) and (2), we get ; Hence, λ = = Å
2mqV V
hν
mc2 = hν or m = .....(3)
c2 Photoelectric effect :
where m represents the mass of a photon in When light of suitable frequency (electromagnetic
motion. The velocity v of a photon is equal to radiation) is allowed to fall on a metal surface,
that of light, i.e., v = c. electrons are emitted from the surface. These
electrons are known as photoelectrons and the effect
According to theory of relativity, the rest mass m0 is known as photoelectric effect. Photoelectric
of a photon is given by : effect, light energy is converted into electrical
energy.
v2
m0 = m 1 − Laws of photolectric effect :
c2
The kinetic energy of the emitted electron is
hν independent of intensity of incident radiation.
Here, m= and v = c
c2 But the photoelectric current increases with the
Hence, m0 = 0 ....(4) increase of intensity of incident radiation.
The kinetic energy of the emitted electron
i.e., rest mass of photon is zero, i.e., energy of
depends on the frequency of the incident
photon is totally kinetic.
radiation. It increases with the increase of
The momentum p of each photon is given by : frequency of incident radiation.
If the frequency of the incident radiation is less
hν hν h h
p = mc = ×c= = = ......(5) than a certain value, then photoelectric emission
c 2
c c/ν λ is not possible. This frequency is known as
The left hand side of the above equation involves threshold frequency. This threshold frequency
the particle aspect of photons (momentum) while varies from emitter to emitter, i.e., depends on
the right hand side involves the wave aspect the material.
(wavelength) and the Planck's constant is the There is no time lag between the arrival of light
bridge between the two sides. This shows that and the emission of photoelectrons, i.e., it is an
electromagnetic radiation exhibits a wave- instantaneous phenomenon.

Failure of wave theory : (c) According to Einstein's equation, if the frequency
Wave theory of light could not explain the laws of of incident radiation is less than certain minimum
value, the photoelectric emission is not possible.
photoelectric effect.
This frequency is known as threshold frequency.
According to wave theory, the kinetic energy of Hence, the frequency of incident radiation below
the emitted electrons should increase with the which photoelectric emission is not possible is
increase of intensity of incident radiation. known as threshold frequency or cut-off
Kinetic energy of the emitted electron does not frequency. It is given by :
depend on the frequency of incident radiation hν − (1 / 2)mv 2
ν0 =
according to wave theory. h
Wave theory failed to explain the existence of On the other hand, if the wavelength of the
incident radiation is more than certain critical
threshold frequency.
value, then photoelectric emission is not possible.
According to wave theory there must be a time This wavelength is known as threshold
lag between the arrival of light and emission of wavelength of cut-off wavelength. It is given by :
photoelectrons. hc
λ0 =
Einstein's theory of photoelectric effect : [hν − (1 / 2)mv 2 ]
Einstein explained the laws of photoelectric effect (d) Since Einstein treated photoelectric effect as a
on the basis of Planck's quantum theory of collision between a photon and an atom, he
explained the instantaneous nature of
radiation.
photoelectric effect.
Einstein treated photoelectric effect as a collision Some other important points :
between a photon and an atom in which photon is Stopping potential : The negative potential
absorbed by the atom and an electron is emitted. applied to the collector in order to prevent the
According to law of conservation of energy, electron from reaching the collector (i.e., to
reduce the photoelectric current to zero) is known
1 as stopping potential.
h ν = h ν0 + mv2
2 1
eV0 = mv 2max . = hν – W = h(ν – ν0)
where hν is the energy of the incident photon; hv0 2
is the minimum energy required to detach the Millikan measured K.E. of emitted electrons or
stopping potentials for different frequencies of
electron from the atom (work function or
incident radiation for a given emitter. He plotted a
ionisation energy) and (1/2) mv2 is the kinetic graph with the frequency on x-axis and stopping
energy of the emitted electron. potential on y-axis. The graph so obtained was a
The above equation is known as Einstein's straight line as shown in figure.
photoelectric equation. Kinetic energy of the
V0(stopping potential)
emitted electron,
1
= mv2 = h(ν – ν0) = hν – W
2
Explanation of laws of photoelectric effect :
(a) The KE of the emitted electron increases with the ν0
increase of frequency of incident radiation since Frequency of incident light
W (work function) is constant for a given emitter. Millikan measured the slope of the straight line
KE is directly proportional to (ν – ν0) (=h/e) and calculated the value of Planck's constant.
(b) Keeping the frequency of incident radiation I
constant if the intensity of incident light is
increased, more photons collide with more atoms Full intensity
and more photoelectrons are emitted. The KE of 75% intensity
the emitted electron remains constant since the 50% intensity
same photon collides with the same atom (i.e., the 25% intensity
nature of the collision does not change). With the – V0 +
increase in the intensity of incident light
Potential difference
photoelectric current increases.

The intercept of V0 versus ν graph on frequency (ii) At stopping potential, if the wavelength of the
axis is equal to threshold frequency (ν0). From incident light is kept at 4000 Å but the intensity
this, the work function (hν0) can be calculated. of light is increased two times, will photoelectric
Graphs in photoelectric effect : current be obtained? Give reasons for your
(a) Photoelectric current versus potential difference answer.
graphs for varying intensity (keeping same metal hc
plate and same frequency of incident light) : Sol. (i) We have = eV1 + W
λ1
These graphs indicate that stopping potential is
independent of the intensity and saturation current hc
and = eV2 + W
is directly proportional to the intensity of light. λ2
ν2>ν1
I  1 1 
⇒ hc −  = e(V2 – V1)
 λ 2 λ1 
ν2 e(V2 − V1 ) 1.6 × 10 −19 (1.85 − 0.82)
ν1 or h = =
 1 1   1 1 
e −  3 × 108  −7
− −7

– (V0)2 (V0)1 + λ
 2 λ 1  3 × 10 4 × 10 
Potential difference = 6.592 × 10–34 Js
(b) Photoelectric current versus potential difference (ii) No, because the stopping potential depends only
graphs for varying frequency (keeping same on the wavelength of light and not on its intensity.
metal plate and same intensity of incident light) :
These graphs indicate that the stopping potential
is constant for a given frequency. The stopping 2. A small plate of a metal (work function = 1.17 eV) is
potential increases with increase of frequency. plated at a distance of 2m from a monochromatic
The KE of the emitted electrons is proportional to light source of wavelength 4.8 × 10–7 m and power
the frequency of incident light. 1.0 watt. The light falls normally on the plate. Find
the number of photons striking the metal plate per
square metre per second. If a constant magnetic field
Stopping potential
ν0 of strength 10–4 tesla is parallel to the metal surface,

find the radius of the largest circular path followed by
A1 A2 A3 Frequency the emitted photoelectrons.
B1
hc 6.6 × 10 −34 × 3 × 108
B2 Sol. Energy of one photon = =
λ 4.8 × 10 −7
B3
= 4.125 × 10–19 J
(c) Stopping potential versus frequency graphs for Number of photons emitted per second
different metals : These graphs indicate that the
stops is same for all metal, since they are parallel 1.0
= = 2.424 × 1018
−19
straight lines. The slope is a universal constant 4.125 × 10
(=h/e). Further, the threshold frequency varies Number of photons striking the plate per square
with emitter since the intercepts on frequency axis
metre per second
are different for different metals.
2.424 × 1018
= = 4.82 × 1016
4 × 3.14 × (2) 2
Solved Examples
Maximum kinetic energy of photoelectrons emitted
from the plate
1. (i) A stopping potential of 0.82 V is required to stop
the emission of photoelectrons from the surface hc
Emax = –W
of a metal by light of wavelength 4000 Å. For λ
light of wavelength 3000 Å, the stopping = 4.125 × 10–19 – 1.17 × 1.6 × 10–19
potential is 1.85 V. Find the value of Planck's
constant. = 2.253 × 10–19 J

3. A monochromatic light source of frequency (ii) Energy of the photon emitted from a hydrogen
ν illuminates a metallic surface and ejects atom
photoelectrons. The photoelectrons having maximum hc 1 1
energy are just able to ionize the hydrogen atom in hν = =  − 
λ 2 2
32 
ground state. When the whole experiment is repeated
with an incident radiation of frequency (5/6) ν, the = 1.888 eV
photoelectrons so emitted are able to excite the Wavelength of radiation,
hydrogen atom beam which then emits a radiation of
6.62 × 10 −34 × 3 × 108
wavelength 1215 Å. Find the work function of the λ=
metal and the frequency ν. 1.888 × 1.6 × 10 −19
Sol. In the first case, = 6.572 × 10–7m
Emax = Ionization energy = 13.6 eV = 6572 Å
= 21.76 × 10–19 J (iii) Work function of metal W = hν – Emax
= 1.8888 – 0.8588
So, hν = 21.76 × 10–19 J ....(1)
= 1.03 eV
In the second case,
hc
E'max = 5. X-rays are produced in an X-ray tube by electrons
λ accelerated through a potential difference of 50.0 kV.
6.6 × 10 −34 × 3 × 108 An electron makes three collisions in the target
=
1215 × 10 −10 before coming to rest and loses half of its kinetic
energy in each of the first two collisions. Determine
=16.3×10–19 J
the wavelengths of the resulting photons. Neglect the
5νh recoil of the heavy target atoms.
So, = 16.3 × 10–19 + W ...(2)
6
Sol. Initial kinetic energy of the electron = 50.0 keV
Dividing Eq.(1) by Eq.(2)
Kinetic energy after first collision = 25.0 keV
6 21.76 × 10 −19 + W Energy of the photon produced in the first collision,
=
5 16.3 × 10 −19 + W E1 = 50.0 – 25.0 = 25.0 keV
Solving, we get
Wavelength of this photon
W = 11.0 × 10 – 19 J = 6.875 eV
hc 6.6 × 10 −34 × 3 × 108
21.76 × 10 −19 + 11.0 × 10 −19 λ1 = =
From Eq.(1) ν = E1 1.6 × 10 −19 × 25.0 × 103
6.6 × 10 −34
= 0.495 × 10–10 m = 0.495 Å
= 5 × 1015 Hz
4. The radiation, emitted when an electron jumps from Kinetic energy of the electron after second collision
n = 3 to n = 2 orbit in a hydrogen atom, falls on a = 12.5 eV
metal to produce photoelectrons. The electrons from Energy of the photon produced in the second
the metal surface with maximum kinetic energy are collision, E2 = 25.0 – 12.5 = 12.5 keV
made to move perpendicular to a magnetic field of
1/320 T in a radius of 10–3 m. Find (i) the kinetic Wavelength of this photon
energy of electrons, (ii) wavelength of radiation and
hc 6.6 × 10 −34 × 3 × 108
(iii) the work function of metal. λ2 = =
E2 1.6 × 10 −19 × 12.5 × 103
Sol. (i) Speed of an electron in the magnetic field,
Ber = 0.99 × 10–10 m
v=
m = 0.99 Å
Kinetic energy of electrons Kinetic energy of the electron after third collision = 0
1 B 2e 2 r 2 Energy of the photon produced in the third collision,
Emax = mv2 = E3 = 12.5 – 0 = 12.5 keV
2 2m
2 This is same as E2. Therefore, wavelength of this
 1  (1.6 × 10 −19 ) 2 × (10 −3 ) 2
=   × photon, λ3 = λ2 = 0.99 Å.
 320  2 × 9.1× 10 −31
= 1.374 × 10–19 J
= 0.8588 eV

P HYSICS F UNDAMENTAL F OR IIT-J EE
Thermal Expansion, Thermodynamics

KEY CONCEPTS & PROBLEM SOLVING STRATEGY
Thermal Expansion : Where ∆t is the loss or gain in time in a time interval t

.(a) When the temperature of a substance is increased, ∆T is change in temperature and d is coefficient of
it expands. The heat energy which is supplied to linear expansion.
the substance is gained by the constituent If a rod is heated or cooled but not allowed to expand
particles of the substance as its kinetic energy. or contract then the thermal stresses developed
Because of this the collisions between the F
constituents particles are accompanied with = γα∆T.
greater force which increase the distance between A
the constituent particles. If a scale is calibrated at a temperature T1 but used at
a temperature T2, then the observed reading will be
∆l = lα∆T ; ∆A = Aβ∆T ; ∆V = Vγ∆T
wrong. In this case the actual reading is given by
or l' = l (1 + α∆T) ; A' = A(1 + β∆T) ;
R = R0(1 + α∆T)
V' = V(1 + γ∆T) Where R0 is the observed reading, R is the actual
(b) Also ρ = ρ'(1 + γ∆T) where ρ' is the density at reading.
higher temperature clearly ρ' < ρ for substances For difference between two rods to the same at all
which have positive value of γ temperatures l 1α1 = l2α2.
* β = 2α and γ = 3α Thermodynamics
Water has negative value of γ for certain temperature According to first law of thermodynamics
range (0º to 4ºC). This means that for that q = ∆U + W
temperature range the volume decreases with
increase in temperature. In other words the density For an isothermal process (for a gaseous system)
increases with increase in temperature. (a) The pressure volume relationship is ρV = constt.
(b) ∆U = 0
(c) q = W
30 ml
(d) W = 2.303 nRT log10
25 ml
20 ml Vf p
= 2.303 nRT log10 i
15 ml Vi pf
10 ml (e) Graphs T2 > T1
5 ml P
P V
0 ml
If a liquid is kept in a container and the temperature T2
of the system is increased then the volume of the T1
liquid as well as the container increases. The V T T
apparent change in volume of the liquid as shown by These lines are called isotherms (parameters at
the scale is constant temperature)
∆Vapp = V(γ – 3α) ∆T For an adiabatic process (for a gaseous system)
Where V is the volume of liquid at lower temperature (a) The pressure-volume relationship is PVγ = constt.
∆Vapp is the apparent change in volume (b) The pressure-volume-temperature relationship is
γ is the coefficient of cubical expansion of liquid PV
= constt.
T
α is the coefficients of linear expansion of the
container. (c) From (a) and (b) TVγ–I = constt.
Loss or gain in time by a pendulum clock with (d) q = 0
1 (e) W = –∆U
change in temperature is ∆t = α(∆T) × t
2

R Step 3: Execute the solution as follows:
(f) ∆U = ncv∆T where cv =
γ −1 Solve for the target variables. Often you will be
given two temperatures and asked to compute ∆T.
piVi − p f V f nR(Ti − T f )
(g) W = = Or you may be given an initial temperature T0 and
γ −1 γ −1 asked to find a final temperature corresponding to
(h) Graphs a given length or volume change. In this case,
P V plan to find ∆T first; then the final temperature is
P
T0 + ∆T.
Unit consistency is crucial, as always. L0 and ∆L
(or V0 ∆V) must have the same units, and if you
V T T
use a value or α or β in K–1 or (Cº)–1, then ∆T
Please note that P-V graph line (isotherm) is must be in kelvins or Celsius degrees (Cº). But
steeper. you can use K and Cº interchangeably.
For isochoric process Step 4: Evaluate your answer: Check whether your
(a) P ∝ T results make sense. Remember that the sizes of holes
(b) W = 0 in a material expand with temperature just as the
(c) q = ∆U same way as any other linear dimension, and the
volume of a hole (such as the volume of a container)
R
(d) ∆U = nCv∆T where Cv = expands the same way as the corresponding solid
γ −1 shape.
(e) Graphs Problem solving strategy : Thermodynamics Ist Law
P P V Step 1: Identify the relevant concepts : The first law
of thermodynamics is the statement of the law of
conservation of energy in its most general form. You
can apply it to any situation in which you are
V T T
concerned with changes in the internal energy of a
For isobaric process system, with heat flow into or out of a system, and/or
(a) V ∝ T with work done by or on a system.
(b) W = P∆V = P(Vf – Vi) = nR(Tf – Ti) Step 2: Set up the problem using the following steps
(c) ∆U = nCv∆T Carefully define what the thermodynamics system is.
(d) q = nCp∆T The first law of thermodynamics focuses on
systems that go through thermodynamic
(e) Graphs processes. Some problems involve processes
P P V with more than one step. so make sure that you
identify the initial and final state for each step.
Identify the known quantities and the target
V T T variables.
For a cyclic process Check whether you have enough equations. The
(a) ∆U = 0 ⇒ q = W first law, ∆U = Q – W, can be applied just once to
each step in a thermodynamic process, so you will
(b) Work done is the area enclosed in p-V graph.
often need additional equations. These often
For any process depicted by P-V diagram, area under V2
the graph represents the word done.
Kirchoff's law states that good absorbers are good
include Eq. W = ∫ p dV
V1
for the work done in a
emitters also.
volume change and the equation of state of the
Problem solving Strategy : Thermal Expansion material that makes up the thermodynamic system
Step 1: Identify the relevant concepts: Decide (for an ideal gas, pV = nRT).
whether the problem involves changes in length Step 3: Execute the solution as follows :
(linear thermal expansion) or in volume (volume
thermal expansion) You shouldn't be surprised to be told that
Step 2: Set up the problem using the following steps: consistent units are essential. If p is a Pa and V in
m3, then W is in joules. Otherwise, you may want
Eq. ∆L = αL0∆T for linear expansion and to convert the pressure and volume units into
Eq. ∆V = βV0∆T for volume expansion. units of Pa and m3. If a heat capacity is given in
Identify which quantities in Eq. ∆L = αL0∆T or terms of calories, usually the simplest procedure
∆V = βV0∆T are known and which are the is to convert it to joules. Be especially careful
unknown target variables. with moles. When you use n = mtot/M to convert

between total mass and number of moles, 5 V25 ρ (1 + 75γ ) 1 + 75γ
remember that if mtot is in kilograms, M must be = × 100 =
4.9 V25 × 1.0027 ρ100 1.0027
in kilograms per mole. The usual units for M are
grams per mole; be careful ! or γ = 3.1 × 10–4 (ºC)–1
The internal energy change ∆U in any 2. A one litre flask contains some mercury. It is found
thermodynamic process or series of processes in that at different temperature the volume of air inside
independent of the path, whether the substance is the flask remains the same. What is the volume of
an ideal gas or not. This point is of the utmost mercury in flask ? Given that the coefficient of linear
importance in the problems in this topic. expansion of glass = 9 × 10–6(ºC)–1 and coefficient of
Sometimes you will be given enough information volume expansion of mercury = 1.8 × 10–4 (ºC–1).
about one path between the given initial and final Sol. Let V = Volume of the vessel
states to calculate ∆U for that path. Since ∆U is V' = Volume of mercury
the same for every possible path between the For unoccupied volume to remain constant increase
same two states, you can then relate the various in volume of mercury should be equal to increase in
energy quantities for other paths. volume of vessel.
When a process consists of several distinct steps, V × γg
∴ V' γm∆T = Vγg∆T or V' =
it often helps to make a chart showing Q, W, and γm
∆U for each step. Put these quantities for each
1000 × 27 × 10 −6
step on a different line, and arrange them so the ∴ V' = = 150 cm3
−4
Q's, W's, and ∆U's form columns. Then you can 1.8 × 10
apply the first law to each line ; in addition, you
3. A clock with a metallic pendulum gains 6 seconds
can add each column and apply the first law to the
each day when the temperature is 20ºC and loses 12
sums. Do you see why ?
seconds each day when the temperature is 40ºC. Find
Using above steps, solve for the target variables. the coefficient of linear expansion of the metal.
Step 4: Evaluate your answer : Check your results for Sol. Time taken for one oscillation of the pendulum is
reasonableness. In particular, make sure that each of L L
your answers has the correct algebraic sign. T = 2π or T2 = 4π2 × .....(1)
g g
Remember that a positive Q means that heat flows
into the system, and that a negative Q means that heat Partially differentiating, we get
flows into the system, and that a negative Q means ∆L
2T∆t = 4π2 × .....(2)
that heat flows out of the system. A positive W g
means that work is done by the system on its Dividing (2) by (1), we get
environment, while a negative W means that work is ∆T ∆L α L ∆t 1
done on the system by its environment. = = = α∆t
T 2L 2L 2
where ∆t is the change in temperature. Now,
Solved Examples One day = 24 hours = 86400 sec
Let t be the temperature at which the clock keeps
correct time.
1. A metallic bob weighs 50 g in air. It it is immersed
At 20ºC, the gain in time is
in a liquid at a temperature of 25ºC, it weighs 45 g.
When the temperature of the liquid is raised to 100ºC, 1
6 = α × (t – 20) × 86400 ....(3)
it weighs 45.1 g. Calculate the coefficient of cubical 2
expansion of the liquid given that the coefficient of At 40ºC, the loss in time is
linear expansion of the metal is 2 × 10–6(ºC)–1. 1
12 = α× (40 – t) × 86400 ...(4)
Sol. Loss in weight in liquid at 25ºC = (50 – 45) = 5 gm 2
Weight of liquid displaced at 25ºC = V25ρ25g Dividing (4) by (3), we have
∴ 5 = V25ρ25g ...(1) 12 40 − t
Similarly, V100ρ100g = 50 – 45.1 = 4.9 gm ...(2) =
6 t − 20
From eq.(1) & (2) we get,
80
5 V ρ which gives t = ºC.
= 25 . 25 3
4.9 V100 ρ100
Using the value in equation(3), we have
Now, V100 = V25(1 + γmetal × 75)= V25(1 + 3αmetal × 75) 1  80 
= V25(1 + 3 × 12 × 10–6 × 75) 6= × α ×  − 20  × 86400
or V100 = V25(1 + 0.0027) = V25 × 1.0027 2  3 
Also, ρ25 = ρ100(1 + γ × 75) which gives α = 2.1 × 10–5 perºC
where, γ = Required coefficient of expansion of the liquid

4. A piston can freely move inside a horizontal cylinder
closed from both ends. Initially, the piston separates P0
the inside space of the cylinder into two equal parts
each of volume V0, in which an ideal gas is contained
under the same pressure p0 and at the same
temperature. What work has to be performed in order
to increase isothermally the volume of one part of gas
P0
η times compared to that of the other by slowly
moving the piston ? Sol. Let A1 = Cross section of upper piston
Sol. Let volume of chambers changes by ∆V. According A2 = Cross section of lower piston
to the problem, the final volume of left chamber is η T = Tension in the string
times final volume of right chamber. P = Gas pressure
∴ V0 + ∆V = η(V0 – ∆V) m1 = Mass of upper piston
 η −1 m2 = Mass of lower piston
or ∆V =  V0 Now, consider FBD of upper piston
 η +1
P0 A1
P0,v0,T0 P0,v0,T0
PA1 m1g
As piston is moved slowly therefore, change in From equilibrium consideration of upper piston
kinetic energy is zero. By work-energy theorem, we we get, P0A1 + T + m1g = PA1
can write Similarly, consider FBD of lower piston
ext
Wgas in right chamber + Wgas in left chamber + WAgent = ∆KE T
ext PA2
WAgent = (Wgas(R) + Wgas(L))
We know that in isothermal process, work done is
given by
Vf  P0 A2 m2g
W = nRT ln  
 ∴ P0A2 + T = m2g + PA2
 Vi  Eliminating T, we get
∴ Work done by gas in left chamber (WL) (m1 + m2 ) g
P = P0 +
 V + ∆V   2η  A1 − A2
= P0V0 ln  0  = P0V0 ln  
 V0   η +1 According to problem
Similarly, work done by gas in right chamber (WR) m = m1 + m2
 V − ∆V  and ∆S = A1 – A2
 2η 
= P0V0 ln  0  = P0V0 ln   mg
 V   η +1 ∴ P = P0 +
0
∆S
ext  2η   2η  Now, PV = RT
WAgent = –P0V0 ln   – P0V0 ln  
 η +1  η +1 P∆V
or P∆V = R∆T or ∆T =
2 R
 η +1 But ∆V = (A1 – A2)l = ∆S. l
= P0V0 ln  
 4η   mg 
∴ ∆T =  P0 +  ∆S.l
 ∆S 
5. A smooth vertical tube having two different sections
is open from both ends equipped with two pistons of
different areas figure. Each piston slides within a l l
respective tube section. One mole of ideal gas is
enclosed between the pistons tied with a non-
stretchable thread. The cross-sectional area of the
upper piston is ∆S greater than that of the lower one.
The combined mass of the two pistons is equal to m. l
The outside air pressure is P0. By how many kelvins
must the gas between the pistons be heated to shift
the pistons through l.

KEY CONCEPT
Organic CARBONYL
Chemistry
Fundamentals COMPOUNDS
Reduction of Aldehydes and Ketones by Hydride R + .. R´´
Transfer : C = O + (C6H5)3P – C
R R´´´
Aldehyde or Phosphorus ylide
R R ketone or phosphorane
R δ+ δ–
– H – OH
H 3B – H + C=O H–C–O H–C–O–H R R´´
R´ C=C + O =P(C6H5)3
R´ R´ R´ R´´´
Hydride transfer Alkoxide ion Alcohol Alkene Triphenyl phosphine
[(E) and(Z) isomers] oxide
These steps are repeated until all hydrogen atoms This reaction, known as the Wittig reaction, has
attached to boron have been transferred. proved to be a valuable method for synthesizing
Sodium borohydride is a less powerful reducing alkenes. The Wittig reaction is applicable to a wide
agent than lithium aluminum hydride. Lithium variety of compounds, and although a mixture of (E)
aluminum hydride reduces acids, aldehydes, and and (Z) isomers may result, the Wittig reaction offers
ketones but sodium borohydride reduces only a great advantage over most other alkene syntheses in
aldehydes and ketones : that no ambiguity exists as to the location of the
double bond in the product. (This is in contrast to E1
Reduced by LiAlH4 eliminations, which may yield multiple alkene
products by rearrangement to more stable carbocation
intermediates, and both E1 and E2 elimination
Reduced by NaBH4 reactions, which may produce multiple products
when different β hydrogens are available for
O O O O removal.)
Phosphorus ylides are easily prepared from
C < C < C < C triphenylphosphine and primary or secondary alkyl
R O– R OR´ R R´ R H
halides. Their preparation involves two reactions :
General Reaction
Ease of reduction Reaction 1
R´´ R´´
+
Lithium aluminum hydride reacts violently with (C6H5)3P : + CH – X → (C6H5)3P – CH X–
water, and therefore reductions with lithium
aluminum hydride must be carried out in anhydrous R´´´ R´´´
solutions, usually in anhydrous ether. (Ethyl acetate Triphenylphosphine An alkyltriphenylphosphonium
halide
is added cautiously after the reaction is over to
decompose excess LiAlH4; then water is added to Reaction 2
decompose the aluminum complex.) Sodium R´´ R´´
+ +
borohydride reductions, by contrast, can be carried (C6H5)3P – C – H : B– → (C6H5)3P – C :– + H:B
out in water or alcohol solutions.
R´´´ R´´´
The Addition of Ylides : The Wittig reaction : A phosphorus ylide
Aldehydes and ketones react with phosphorus ylides Specific Example
to yield alkenes and triphenylphosphine oxide. (An Reaction 1
ylide is a neutral molecule having a negative carbon +
adjacent to a positive heteroatom.) Phosphorus ylides (C6H5)3P : + CH3Br C→
6H6
(C6H5)3P – CH3Br –
are also called phosphoranes :
Methyltriphenylphosphonium
bromide (89%)

Reaction 2 Specific Example :
+ – +
(C6H5)3P – CH3 + C6H5Li → O + :CH2 – P(C6H5)3 CH2
–
Br +
(C6H5)3P – CH2 :– + C6H6 + LiBr –
O P(C6H5)3
+
The first reaction is a nucleophilic substitution
reaction. Triphenylphosphine is an excellent
nucleophile and a weak base. It reacts readily with 1º CH2 + O=P(C6H5)3 CH2
and 2º alkyl halide by an SN2 mechanism to displace
a halide ion from the alkyl halide to give an Methylenecyclohexane O – P(C6H5)3
alkyltriphenylphosphonium salt. The second reaction (86%)
is an acid-base reaction. A strong base (usually an Michael Additions :
alkyllithium or phenyllithium) removes a proton from Conjugate additions of enolate anions to
the carbon that is attached to phosphorus to give the α-β-unsaturated carbonyl compound are known
ylide. generally as Michael additions. An example is the
Phosphorus ylides can be represented as a hybrid of addition of cyclohexanone to C6H5CH=CHCOC6H5 :
the two resonance structures shown here. Quantum C6H5
mechanical calculations indicate that the contribution O O O O
made by the first structure is relatively unimportant. – C H CH=CH–CC H CH
OH– 6 5 6 5
R´´ + R´´ CHδ–
(C6H5)3P = C (C6H5)3P – C :–
R´´´ R´´´ C—Oδ–
+
The mechanism of the Wittig reaction has been the +H3O
O– C6H5
subject of considerable study. An early mechanistic
proposal suggested that the ylide, acting as a C6H5
carbanion, attacks the carbonyl carbon of the O
aldehyde or ketone to form an unstable intermediate CH H
with separated charges called a betaine. In the next C
step, the betaine is envisioned as becoming an H
unstable four-membered cyclic system called an C=O
oxaphosphetane, which then spontaneously loses
triphenylphosphine oxide to become an alkene. C6H5
However, studies by E. Vedejs and others suggest The sequence that follows illustrates how a conjugate
that the betaine is not an intermediate and that the aldol addition (Michael addition) followed by a
oxaphosphetane is formed directly by a cycloaddition simple aldol condensation may be used to build one
reaction. The driving force for the Wittig reaction is ring onto another. This procedure is known as the
the formation of the very strong (∆Hº = 540 kJ mol–1) Robinson anulation (ring-forming) reaction (after the
phosphorus –oxygen bond in triphenylphosphine English chemist, Sir Robert Robinon, who won the
oxide. Nobel Prize in chemistry in 1947 for his research on
naturally occurring compounds) :
R´ R ´´ R ´ R ´´ R ´ R ´´
O O CH3
R–C + –:C–R´´´´ R – C – C – R´´´ R – C – C – R´´´ O
CH3 OH–
CH2
–
:O: P(C6H5)3 .. P(C6H5)3
:O: .. – P(C6H5)3
:O + CH2 = CHCCH3 CH OH CH2
+ + 3
O (conjugate O C
Aldehyde Ylide Betaine Oxaphosphetane addition)
or ketone (may not be formed) 2-Methylcyclo- Methyl vinyl O
hexane-1, 3-dione ketone
H3C
aldol base
condensation (–H2O)
R´ R´´
O
C=C + O = P(C6H5)3 CH3
R R´´´
Alkene Triphenylphosphine
(+diastereomer) oxide O
(65%)

KEY CONCEPT
Inorganic CO-ORDINATION COMPOUND

Chemistry &
Fundamentals METALLURGY
Tetragonal distortion of octahedral complexes (Jahn- orbitals are no longer equal in energy. If the d z 2
Teller distortion) :
orbital contains one.
The shape of transition metal complexes are affected
by whether the d orbitals are symmetrically or Asymmetrical electronic arrangements :
asymmetrically filled.
Repulsion by six ligands in an octahedral complex Electronic t2g eg
splits the d orbitals on the central metal into t2g and eg configuration
levels. It follows that there is a corresponding
d4
repulsion between the d electrons and the ligands. If
the d electrons are symmetrically arranged, they will d7
repel all six ligands equally. Thus the structure will
be a completely regular octahedron. The symmetrical d9
arrangements of d electrons are shown in Table.
Symmetrical electronic arrangements :
more electron than the d x 2 − y 2 orbital then the ligands
Electronic t2g eg
approaching along +z and –z will encounter greater
configuration
repulsion than the other four ligands. The repulsion
d5 and distortion result in elongation of the octahedron
along the z axis. This is called tetragonal distortion.
d6 Strictly it should be called tetragonal elongation. This
form of distortion is commonly obsered.
d8 If the d x 2 − y 2 orbital contains the extra electron, then
10
d elongation will occur along the x and y axes. This
means that the ligands approach more closely along
the z-axis. Thus there will be four long bonds and
All other arrangements have an asymmetrical two short bonds. This is equivalent to compressing
arrangement of d electrons. If the d electrons are the octahedron along the z axis, and is called
asymmetrically arranged, they will repel some tetragonal compression, and it is not possible to
ligands in the complex more than others. Thus the predict which will occur.
structure is distorted because some ligands are For example, the crystal structure of CrF2 is a
prevented from approaching the metal. distorted rutile (TiO2) structure. Cr2+ is octahedrally
as closely as others. The eg orbitals point directly at surrounded by six F–, and there are four Cr–F bonds
the ligands. Thus asymmetric filling of the eg orbitals of length 1.98 – 2.01 Å, and two longer bonds of
in some ligands being repelled more than others. This length 2.43 Å. The octahedron is said to be
causes a significant distortion of the octahedral tetragonally distorted. The electronic arrangement in
shape. In contrast the t2g orbitals do not point directly Cr2+ is d4. F– is a weak field ligand, and so the t2g
at the ligands, but point in between the ligand level contains three electrons and the eg level contains
directions. Thus asymmetric filling of the t2g orbitals one electron. The d x 2 − y 2 orbital has four lobes whilst
has only a very small effect on the stereochemistry.
Distortion caused by asymmetric filling of the t2g the d z 2 orbital has only two lobes pointing at the
orbitals is usually too small to measure. The ligands. To minimize repulsion with the ligands, the
electronic arrangements which will produce a large single eg electron will occupy the d z 2 orbital. This is
distortion are shown in Table.
equivalent to splitting the degeneracy of the eg level
The two eg orbitals d x2 − y 2 and d z 2 are normally
so that d z 2 is of lower energy, i.e. more stable, and
degenerate. However, if they are asymmetrically d x 2 − y 2 is of higher energy, i.e. less stable. Thus the
filled then this degeneracy is destroyed, and the two

two ligands approaching along the +z and –z 2NaAg(CN)2 + Zn → Na2Zn(CN)4 + 2Ag ↓
directions are subjected to greater repulsion than the 2NaAu(CN)2 + Zn → Na2Zn(CN)4 + 2Au ↓
four ligands along +x, –x, +y and –y. This causes
tetragonal distortion with four short bonds and two Soluble complex
long bonds. In the same way MnF3 contains Mn3+ Special Methods :
with a d4 configuration, and forms a tetragonally Mond's process : Nickel is purified by this method.
distorted octahedral structure. Impure nickel is treated with carbon monoxide at 60–
Many Cu(+II) salts and complexes also show 80º C when volatile compound, nickel carbonyl, is
tetragonally distorted octahedral structures. Cu2+ has formed. Nickel carbonyl decomposes at 180ºC to
a d9 configuration : form pure nickel and carbon monoxide which can
t2g eg again be used.
Impure nickel + CO 60–80ºC NI(CO)4
To minimize repulsion with the ligands, two Gaseous compound
electrons occupy the d z 2 orbital and one electron 180ºC
occupies the d x 2 − y 2 orbital. Thus the two ligands Ni + 4CO
along –z and –z are repelled more strongly than are Zone refining or Fractional crystallisation :
the other four ligands. Elements such as Si, Ge, Ga, etc., which are used as
The examples above show that whenever the d z 2 and semiconductors are refined by this method. Highly
pure metals are obtained. The method is based on the
d x 2 − y 2 orbitals are unequally occupied, distortion difference in solubility of impurities in molten and
occurs. This is know as Jahn–Teller distortion. solid state of the metal. A movable heater is fitted
Leaching : around a rod of the impure metal. The heater is
slowly moved across the rod. The metal melts at the
It involves the treatment of the ore with a suitable point of heating and as the heater moves on from one
reagents as to make it soluble while impurities end of the rod to the other end, the pure metal
remain insoluble. The ore is recovered from the crystallises while the impurities pass on the adjacent
solution by suitable chemical method. For example, melted zone.
bauxite ore contains ferric oxide, titanium oxide and
Molten zone
silica as impurities. When the powdered ore is
containing
digested with an aqueous solution of sodium
hydroxide at about 150ºC under pressure, the alumina impurity
(Al2O3) dissolves forming soluble sodium meta-
aluminate while ferric oxide (Fe2O3), TiO2 and silica
remain as insoluble part.
Al2O3 + 2NaOH → 2NaAlO2 + H2O Pure metal
Pure alumina is recovered from the filtrate Impure
Moving circular zone
NaAlO2 + 2H2O → Al(OH)3 + NaOH heater
2Al(OH)3  Ignited
 → Al2O3 + 3H2O Different metallurgical processes can be broadly
( autoclave)
divided into three main types.
Gold and silver are also extracted from their native Pyrometallurgy : Extraction is done using heat
ores by Leaching (Mac-Arthur Forrest cyanide energy. The metals like Cu, Fe, Zn, Pb, Sn, Ni, Cr,
process). Both silver and gold particles dissolve in Hg, etc., which are found in nature in the form of
dilute solution of sodium cyanide in presence of oxides, carbonates, sulphides are extracted by this
oxygen of the air forming complex cyanides. process.
4Ag + 8NaCN + 2H2O + O2 Hydrometallurgy : Extraction of metals involving
→ 4NaAg(CN)2 + 4NaOH aqueous solution is known as hydrometallurgy.
Silver, gold, etc., are extracted by this process.
Sod. argentocyanide
Electrometallurgy : Extraction of highly reactive
4Au + 8NaCN + 2H2O + O2 metals such as Na, K, Ca, Mg, Al, etc., by
→ 4NaAu(CN)2 + 4NaOH carrying electrolysis of one of the suitable
Sod. aurocyanide compound in fused or molten state.
Ag or Au is recovered from the solution by the
addition of electropositive metal like zinc.

UNDERSTANDING
Physical Chemistry
1. The critical temperature and pressure for NO are 177 Al3+ + 2H2O Al(OH)2+ + H3O+
–5
K and 6.485 MPa, respectively, and for CCl4 these with Kh = 1.4 × 10 M
are 550 K and 4.56 MPa, respectively. Which gas (i) (b) Allowing also for the equilibrium
has smaller value for the van der Walls constant b; HSO4– + H2O H3O+ + SO42–
(ii) has smaller value of constant a; (iii) has larger –2
with K2 = 1.26 × 10 M
critical volume; and (iv) is most nearly ideal in 11.4 g
behaviour at 300 K and 1.013 MPa. Sol. (a) Amount of alum = = 0.024 mol
Sol. We have Tc(NO) = 177 K Tc(CCl4) = 550 K 474.38 g mol −1
pc(NO) = 6.485 MPa pc(CCl4) = 4.56 MPa 0.024 mol
Molarity of the prepared solution =
p a / 27 b 2
R TR 0.1 dm 3
(i) Since c = = therefore, b = c
Tc 8a / 27 Rb 8b 8p c = 0.24 M
Thus, Hydrolysis of Al3+ is
Al3+ + 2H2O Al(OH)2+ + H3O+
(177 K )(8.314 MPa cm 3 K –1mol −1 )
b(NO) = [Al(OH) 2 + ][H 3O + ]
(8)(6.485 MPa ) Kh =
= 28.36 cm mol–1
3 [Al3+ ]
and If x is the concentration of Al3+ that has hydrolyzed,
we have
550 K )(8.314 MPa cm 3 K −1mol −1 )
b(CCl4) = ( x )( x )
(8)(4.56 MPa ) Kh = = 1.4 × 10–5 M
0.24 M − x
= 125.35 cm mol–1
3
Hence b(NO) < b(CCl4) Solving for x, we get

(ii) Since a = 27pcb2 [H3O+] = x = 1.82 × 10–3 M
therefore (b) We will have to consider the following equilibria.
a(NO) = (27) (6.485 MPa) (28.36 cm3 mol–1)2 Al3+ + 2H2O Al(OH)2+ + H3O+
+ 2–
= 140827 MPa cm6mol–2 ≡ 140.827 kPa dm6 mol–2 H3O + SO4 HSO4– + H2O
a(CCl4) = (27) (4.56 MPa) (125.35 cm3 mol–1)2 Let z be the concentration of SO42– that combines
= 1934538 MPa cm6 mol–2 ≡ 1934.538 KPa dm6mol–2 with H3O+ and y be the net concentration of H3O+
Hence a(NO) < a(CCl4) that is present in the solution. Since the concentration
(iii) Since Vc = 3b z of SO42– combines with the concentration z of
therefore, Vc(NO) = 3 × (28.36 cm3 mol–1) H3O+, it is obvious that the net concentration of H3O+
= 85.08 cm3 mol–1 produced in the hydrolysis reaction of Al3+ is (y + z).
Vc(CCl4) = 3 × (125.35 cm3 mol–1) Thus, the concentration (y + z) of Al3+ out of 0.24 M
= 376.05 cm3 mol–1 hydrolyzes in the solution. With these, the
Hence Vc(NO) < Vc(CCl4) concentrations of various species in the solution are
(iv) NO is more ideal in behaviour at 300 K and Al3+ + 2H2O Al(OH) 2+ + H 3O +
0.24 M − y − z y+ z y
1.013 MPa, because its critical temperature is less
than 300 K, whereas for CCl4 the corresponding H 3O +
+ SO 24 − HSO −4 + H2O
critical temperature is greater than 300 K. y 0.48 M − z z
( y + z)( y)
2. Potassium alum is KA1(SO4)2.12H2O. As a strong Thus, Kh = = 1.4 × 10–5 M ...(i)
electrolyte, it is considered to be 100% dissociated (0.24M − y − z)
into K+, Al3+, and SO42–. The solution is acidic z 1
because of the hydrolysis of Al3+, but not so acidic as K2 = = ...(ii)
y(0.48M − z) 1.26 × 10 − 2 M
might be expected, because the SO42– can sponge up
From Eq. (ii), we get
some of the H3O+ by forming HSO4–. Given a
solution made by dissolving 11.4 g of (0.48 M ) y
z=
KA1(SO4)2.12H2O in enough water to make 0.10 dm3 (1.26 × 10 − 2 M ) + y
of solution, calculate its [H3O+] : Substituting this in Eq. (i), we get
(a) Considering the hydrolysis

 (0.48M) y  Step 6.
y+ y m2 0.6 × 84
 (1.26 × 10 M ) + y 
−2
× 1000 = 0.6 or m2 = = 0.0504
 = 1.4 × 10–5 84 1000
 ( 0 .48 M ) y 
 0.24 − y −  0.0504 × 1000
 (1.26 × 10 − 2 M ) + y  ∴ Strength of NaHCO3 solution =
 10
Making an assumption that y <<1.26 × 10–2 M, and = 5.04 g L–1
then solving for y, we get
[H3O+] = y = 2.932 × 10–4 M 4. From the standard potentials shown in the following
diagram, calculate the potentials E1º and E º2 .
3. A solution contains Na2CO3 and NaHCO3.10 ml of
this requires 2.0 ml of 0.1 M H2SO4 for neutralization E 1º
using phenolphthalein as indicator. Methyl orange is
then added when a further 2.5 ml of 0.2 M H2SO4
0.54 V 1 1.07 V
was required. Calculate the strength of Na2CO3 and BrO3– BrO– 0.45 V Br2 Br–
NaHCO3 in solution. [IIT-1978] 2
Sol. Step 1. 0.17 V
Molecular mass
Equivalent mass of Na2CO3 = E 2º
2
106
= = 53 Sol. The reaction corresponding to the potential Eº1 is
2
1
m BrO3– + 3H2O + 5e– = Br2 + 6OH– ...(1)
Meq. of Na2CO3 in solution = 1 × 1000 2
53
This reaction can be obtained by adding the
Step 2. following two reduction reactions:
Molecular mass BrO3– + 2H2O + 4e– = BrO– + 4OH– ...(2)
Equivalent mass of NaHCO3 =
1 – – 1 –
= 84 BrO + H2O + e = Br2 + 2OH ...(3)
2
m Hence the free energy change of reaction (1) will be
Meq. of NaHCO3 in solution = 2 × 1000
84 ∆G ºreaction (1) = ∆G ºreaction ( 2) + ∆G ºreaction (3)
Step 3.
Meq. of H2SO4 used with phenolphthalein Replacing ∆Gºs in terms of potentials, we get
= Valency factor × Molarity × Volume (ml) – 5FE1º = – 4F(0.54 V) – 1F (0.45 V)
= 2 × 0.1 × 2.0 = 0.4 = (–2.61 V) F
2Na2CO3 + H2SO4 → 2NaHCO3 + Na2SO4 2.61 V
Hence E1º = = 0.52 V
Meq. of H2SO4 used with phenolphthalein 5
1 1 Now the reaction corresponding to the potential E2º is
= Meq. of Na2CO3 ∴ Meq. of Na2CO3 = 0.4 BrO3– + 2H2O + 6e– = Br– + 6OH– ...(4)
2 2
Step 4. This reaction can be obtained by adding the
Meq. of H2SO4 used with methyl orange following three reactions.
= Valency factor × molarity × volume(ml) BrO3– + 2H2O + 4e– = BrO– + 4OH– (Eq.2)
= 2 × 0.2 × 2.5 = 1 1
BrO– + H2O + e– = Br2 + 2OH– (Eq.3)
Meq. of H2SO4 used with methyl orange 2
1 1
= Meq. of NaHCO3 + Meq. of Na2CO3 Br2 + e– = Br– ...(5)
2 2
1 Hence
∴ Meq. of NaHCO3 + Meq. of Na2CO3 = 1
2 ∆G ºreaction ( 4) = ∆G ºreaction ( 2) + ∆G ºreaction (3)
∴ Meq. of NaHCO3 = 1 – 0.4 = 0.6 º
+ ∆G reaction
and Meq. of Na2CO3 = 2 × 0.4 = 0.8 ( 5)
Step 5. or – 6F(E2º) = – 4F(0.54 V) – 1F(0.45 V)
m1 0.8 × 53 – 1F (1.07 V)
× 1000 = 0.8 or m1 = = 0.0424 = (– 3.68 V) F
53 1000
3.68
0.0424 × 1000 or E2º = = 0.61 V.
∴ Strength of Na2CO3 solution = 6
10
= 4.24 g L–1

5. The freezing point of an aqueous solution of KCN
containing 0.189 mol kg–1 was – 0.704 ºC. On adding
0.095 mol of Hg(CN)2, the freezing point of the TRUE OR FALSE
solution became –0.530ºC. Assuming that the
complex is formed according to the equation
1. The magnitude of charge on one gram of
Hg(CN)2 + x CN– → Hg (CN ) xx +– 2 electrons is 1.60 × 10–19 coulomb.
Find the formula of the complex.
Sol. Molality of the solution containing only KCN is 2. Chromyl chloride test of Cl– radical is not given
(–∆Tf ) (0.704 K ) by HgCl2.
m= = = 0.379 mol kg–1
Kf –
(1.86 K kg mol )1 3. The energy levels in a hydrogen atom can be
compared with the steps of a ladder placed at
This is just double of the given molality
equal distance.
( = 0.189 mol kg–1) of KCN, indicating complete
dissociation of KCN. Molality of the solution after 4. In SN1 mechanism, the leaving group in the
the formation of the complex molecule, leaves the molecule, well before
(–∆Tf ) (0.530 K ) joining of an attacking group.
m= = = 0.285 mol kg–1
Kf (1.86 K kg mol –1 ) 5. Metamerism is special type of isomerism where
If it be assumed that the whole of Hg(CN)2 is isomers exist simultaneously in dynamic
converted into complex, the amounts of various equilibrium.
species in 1 kg of solvent after the formation of the 6. Addition of HCN with formaldehyde is an
complex will be example of electrophilic addition reaction.
n(K+) = 0.189 mol,
n(CN–) = (0.189 – x) mol 7. Ligroin is essentially petroleum ether containing
n (Hg(CN ) xx +– 2 ) = 0.095 mol aliphatic hydrocarbons and is generally used in
dry cleaning clothes.
Total amount of species in 1 kg solvent becomes
ntotal = [0.189 + (0.189 – x) + 0.095] mol Sol.
= (0.473 – x) mol Equating this to 0.285 mol, 1. [False] Thomson through his experiment
we get determined the charge to mass ratio of an
(0.473 – x) mol = 0.285 mol
electron and the value of e/m is equal to 1.76 ×
i.e. x = (0.473 – 0.285) = 0.188
108 coulomb/gm. Hence one gm of electrons
0.188 mol
Number of CN– units combined = =2 have charge 1.76 × 108 C.
0.095 mol
2. [True]
Thus, the formula of the complex is Hg (CN ) 24 – .
3. [False]
4. [True] SN1 reaction mechanism takes place in
two steps as :
MEMORABLE POINTS
R—X Slow
→ R+ + X–
• Parsec is the unit of Distance
R+ + OH– Fast
→ ROH
25
• Estimated radius of universe is 10 m 5. [False] In metamerism isomers differ in structure
• Estimated age of Sun is 18
10 s due to difference in distribution of carbon atoms
–1
about the functional group.
• 18/5 km h equal to 1 ms–1
For example :
• 1 femtometre (1 fm) is equal to 10–15 m
CH3CH2–O–CH2CH3 and CH3–OCH2CH2CH3
• Dot product of force and velocity is Power Conditions mentioned in the statement are
• Moment of momentum is equal to associated with phenomenon of trautomerism.
Angular momentum 6. [False]

H H
• Rocket propulision is based on the principle of
H – C = O + H+ CN– H – C = OH
Conservation of linear momentum
CN
• The largest of astronomical unit, light year and
parsec is Parsec 7. [True]

Set
`tà{xÅtà|vtÄ V{tÄÄxÇzxá 10
This section is designed to give IIT JEE aspirants a thorough grinding & exposure to variety
of possible twists and turns of problems in mathematics that would be very helpful in facing
IIT JEE. Each and every problem is well thought of in order to strengthen the concepts and
we hope that this section would prove a rich resource for practicing challenging problems and
enhancing the preparation level of IIT JEE aspirants.
By : Shailendra Maheshwari
So lu t ion s wi l l b e p ub lished in nex t issue Joint Director Academics, Career Point, Kota
1. Let f(x) = sinx and 7. Prove the identity :

{max f (t ); 0 ≤ t ≤ x ; for 0 ≤ x ≤ π x x
∫ ∫
2 2 2
g(x) =  e zx − z dz = e x 4
e−z 4
dz, deriving for the
 sin 2 x / 2 ; x>π 0 0
x
∫
2
Discuss the continuity and differentiability of g(x) in function f(x) = e zx − z dz a differential equation
0
(0, ∞)
and solving it.
2. Is the inequality sin2 x < x sin(sin x) true for
0 < x < π/2 ? Justify your answer. 8. Prove that ∫ sin nθ sec θ dθ
3. A shop sells 6 different flavours of ice-cream. In how
2 cos(n − 1)θ
many ways can a customer choose 4 ice-cream cones
if
=–
n −1 ∫
– sin( n – 2) θ sec θ dθ dθ.
(i) they are all of different flavours; Hence or otherwise evaluate

(ii) they are not necessarily of different flavours; π/2 cos 5θ sin 3θ
(iii) they contain only 3 different flavoures;
∫ 0 cos θ
dθ.
(iv) they contain only 2 or 3 different flavoures ?

9. Find the latus rectum of parabola
4. Using vector method, show that the internal 9x2 – 24 xy + 16y2 – 18x – 101y + 19 = 0.
(external) bisector of any angle of a triangle divides
the opposite side internally (externally) in the ratio of
10. A circle of radius 1 unit touches positive x-axis and
the other two sides containing the triangle.
positive y-axis at A and B respectively. A variable
5. Prove that line passing through origin intersects the circle in two
points in two points D and E. Find the equation of the
(a) cos x + nC1 cos 2x + nC2 cos 3x + ............ lines for which area of ∆ DEB is maximum.
n+2 
...... + nCn cos(n + 1)x = 2n. cosnx/2. cos  x
 2 
WHAT MAKES A STAR?
(b) sin x + nC1 sin 2x + nC2 sin 3x + ...............
....... + nCn sin(n + 1)x = 2n . cosn x/2 . sin  n + 2 x  So you're out one night and you look up into the
 2  sky. Assuming you aren't in a city with tons of
smog or clouds, you will probably see a sky
6. In a town with a population of n, a person sands two filled with little dots of light. Those dots (this
letters to two sperate people, each of whom is asked should not be a surprise) are stars. Some are only
to repeat the procedure. Thus, for each letter a few hundred light years away and some are
received, two letters are sent to separate persons thousands of light years away. They all have
chosen at random (irrespective of what happened in some things in common. You see, stars are huge
the past). What is the probability that in the first k balls of fire. They aren't just any fire. That fire is
stages, the person who started the chain will not from a constant number of nuclear reactions.
receive a letter ?

MATHEMATICAL CHALLENGES
SOLUTION FOR JANUARY ISSUE (SET # 9)
∆ s ( s − a)( s − b)( s − c)
1. as φ (a) = φ (b) = φ (c) so r = k = =
s s
so by Rolle’s theorem there must exist at least a point
x = α & x = β each of intervals (a, c) & (c, b) such s ( s − a)( s − b)( s − c)
r=k=
that φ′(α) = 0 & φ′(β) = 0. Again by Rolle’s theorem, s
there must exist at least a point x = µ such that 2sk = s ( s − a)(a − b + c)(a + b − c)
α < µ < β where φ′(µ) = 0
2 f (a) 2 f (b) = s ( s − a)(a − 2 x)(a + 2 x)
so +
( a − b) ( a − c ) (b − c) (b − a)
2sk = s ( s − a )(a 2 − 4h 2 )
2 f (c )
+ – f ′′ (µ) = 0 required locus is
(c − a ) (c − b ) 4s2y2 = A(a2 – 4x2)
f (a ) f (b) Aa 2
so + ⇒ s2y2 + Ax2 =
( a − b) ( a − c ) (b − c) (b − a) 4
f (c ) 1 where A is = s (s – a)
+ = f ′′ (µ) here h2 < as so it is an ellipse
(c − a ) (c − b ) 2
where a < µ < b. 4. f (0) = c
f (1) = a + b + c & f (−1) = a − b + c
2. Required probability solving these,
r −2 1
5 5 5 5 1 5 1 a = [f (1) + f (−1) − 2 f (0)] ,
1. . . ........ . =   . (r – 2) times
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 2
Note : any number in 1st loss 1
b = [f (1) − f (−1)] & c = f (0)
same no. does not in 2nd (any other comes). 2
Now 3rd is also diff. (and in same r − 2 times) x( x + 1) x( x − 1)
so f (x) = f (1) + (1− x2) f (0) + f(−1)
Now (r − 1)th & r th must be same. 2 2
2
2 | f (x) | < | x | | x + 1 | + 2| 1 − x | + | x | | x − 1| ;
3. 2s = a + b + c as | f (1) | , | f (0) |, | f (−1) | ≤ 1.
ON = − BN + BO 2 | f (x) | ≤ | x | (x + 1) + 2 (1 − x2) + | x | (1 − x) as
Let BN = x x ∈ [−1, 1]
2BN + 2CN + 2AR = 2s 5 5
x + (a − x) + (b − a + x) = s so 2 | f (x) | ≤ 2 (|x| + 1 − x2) ≤ 2 . so | f (x) | ≤
4 4
x=s−b
2 1
A Now as g (x) = x f (1/x) = (1 + x) f (1)
2
1
+ (x2 − 1) f (0) + (1 − x) f (−1)
2
M R so 2 | g (x) | ≤ | x + 1 | + 2 | 1 − x2 | + | 1 − x|
I (h,k)
⇒ 2 | g (x) | ≤ x + 1 + 2 (1 − x2) | + 1 − x ;
as x ∈ [−1, 1]
r ⇒ 2 | g (x) | < − 2x2 + 4 ≤ 4.
B C ⇒ |g (x) | ≤ 2.
N O
5. Oil bed is being shown by the plane A′ PQ. θ be the
a
so h = ON = − (s − b) angle between the planes A′ PQ & A′ B′ C′. Let A′ B′
2
C′ be the x − y plane with x-axis along A′ C′ and
−2 s + a + 2b b−c
= = & r = k. origin at A′. The P.V.s of the various points are
2 2 defined as follows

B  5x x
=−2 ∫  sin sin  dx
 2 2
 6x 4x 
A C = ∫  cos
 2
− cos
2 
 dx
B´
= ∫ (cos 3x − cos 2 x) dx
sin 3 x sin 2 x
= − +C
3 2
A´ C´
P x
d2y
Q 7.
dx 2
=2 ∫ f (t ) dt
0
point C′ : b î , point B′ : cos A î + c sin A ĵ ,
integrate using by parts method
point Q : b î – z k̂ , point P : cos A î + c sin A ĵ – y k̂  x x 
dy
normal vector to the plane A′ B′ C′
r dx

∫ 0
∫
= 2  x f (t ) dt − x . f ( x) dx 
 0 

= n1 = bc sin A k̂
r  x 
normal vector to the plane A'PQ = n2
= cz sin A î + (by – cz cos A) ĵ + bc sin A k̂ 
∫
= 2  ( x − t ) f (t ) dt 
0 

r r
n1.n2 again integrating,
so cos θ = r r
| n1 || n1 |  x x x  
y = 2  x ( x − t ) f (t ) dt − x  f (t ) dt − 0  dx 
∫ ∫ ∫
bc sin A    
=  0 0 0  
[c z sin A + (by − cz cos A) 2 + b 2 c 2 sin 2 A]1 / 2
2 2 2
b c sin A  x x2
x x 2
x 
cos θ = 2 2 2
[b c sin A + (c 2 z 2 + b 2 y 2 − 2bycz cos A)]1 / 2  0

∫
=2  x ( x − t ) f (t ) dt −
2
0
f (t ) dt +∫0
2
f ( x) dx 


∫
[c 2 z 2 + b 2 y 2 − 2bycz cos A]1 / 2 x x x
so tan θ =
∫ 2 (x ∫x ∫t
2 2 2
bc sin A = − xt ) f (t ) dt − f (t ) dt + f (t ) dt
0 0 0
z 2 y 2 2 yz x x
so tan θ . sin A = + − cos A
b2 c2 ∫ (x ∫ (x − t)
2 2 2
bc y= − 2 xt + t ) f (t ) dt = f (t ) dt
0 0
cos 8 x − cos 7 x 2 sin 5 x
6. ∫ 1 + 2 cos 5 x
.
2 sin 5 x
dx
  a α 
1/ α
  a β 
1/ β
sin 13 x − sin 3 x − sin 12 x + sin 2 x 8. To prove that    + 1 <    + 1

= ∫ 2 (sin 5 x + sin 10 x)
dx  b 



 b 



a
sin 13 x + sin 2 x − sin 3 x – sin 12 x Let =c> 0
= ∫ 2 (sin 5 x + sin 10 x)
dx b
so (cα + 1)1/α < (cβ + 1)1/β.
15 x 11x 15 x 9x
2 sin cos − 2 sin cos Let f (x) = (cx + 1)1/x ; x > 0
= ∫ 2 2
2 . 2 . sin
15 x
cos
2
5x
2 dx
 1 
f ′(x) = (cx + 1)1/x ln (cx + 1)  − 2 
2 2  x 
11x 9x 1 x 1
cos − cos + (c + 1) x –1. cx ln c
x
= ∫ 2
2 cos
5x
2 dx
1
−1
(c x + 1) x
2 = [−(c x + 1) ln (c x + 1) + c x ln c x ] < 0
x x2
− 2 sin 5 x sin so f (x) is decreasing function
= ∫ 2 cos
5x
2 dx
so f (α) < f (β). Hence proved.
2
9. Point P (x, 1/2) under the given condition are length
PB = OB

(t – 1)
P A
θ 1. Emeralds have been produced synthetically in
labs since 1848 and can be virtually
O C B (t, 1) indistinguishable from the genuine article.
2. In the last 200 years the use of metals has

rθ = t ; so θ = t increased as scientists have discovered new
PB θ ones: until the 17th Century only 12 metals
from ∆PAB : = PA sin
2 2 were known - there are now 86.
t
⇒ PB = 2 sin ........(1) 3. The only person to have an element named
2
after him while still alive was Glenn Seaborg,
θ t the most prolific of all the element hunters.
Now ∠ PBC = = ;
2 2
θ t 4. Traffic lights with red and green gas lights were
so from ∠ PCB ; = first introduced in London in 1868.
2 2
Unfortunately, they exploded and killed a
1/ 2 t policeman. The first successful system was
so from ∆ PCB ; = sin ........(2)
PB 2 installed in Cleveland, Ohio in 1914.
from (1) & (2) PB = 1 ; so θ = t = π/3
1 5. In 1998, design student Damini Kumar at South
thus | PB |2 = (t − x)2 + = 1. Bank University patented a teapot with a
4
special grooved spout, which she claims
3 3 virtually rules out dribbling.
|t−x|= ; t−x= ; as t > x
2 2
π 3 6. Even though most items in the home today are
so x = − technologically up to date, most of us are still
3 2 using the standard light bulb designed in 1928!
10. Let xn = n −1 + n + 1 be rational, then 7. A chest x-ray is comprised of 90,000 to

130,000 electron volts.
1 1
= is also rational
xn n −1 + n +1 8. The strength of early lasers was measured in
Gillettes, the number of blue razor blades a
1 n +1 − n −1 given beam could puncture.
= is also rational
xn 2
9. The first commercial radio station in the United
n +1 − n − 1 is also rational States, KDKA Pittsburgh, began broadcasting
in November 1920.
as n +1 + n −1 & n +1 − n − 1 are rational
so n +1 + n − 1 must be rational 10. A British rocket attack on US soldiers is
i.e. (n + 1) & (n – 1) are perfect squares. celebrated in the lyrics of the US National
Anthem.
This is not possible as any two perfect squares differe
at least by 3. Hence there is not positive integer n for 11. Until the late 1800s, it was forbidden for
which n −1 + n + 1 is a rational. women in the United States to obtain a patent,
so if a woman had invented something she
would file for a patent under her husband or
father's name. For this reason, the number of
early female inventors remains a mystery.
12. Milt Garland, a 102 year old engineer, invented

a technology that forms ice on the exterior of a
casing instead of inside it, which is used to
create indoor ice rinks.

Students' Forum
Expert’s Solution for Question asked by IIT-JEE Aspirants
MATHS
1 3. Let [x] stands for the greatest integer function find
∫ (tx + 1 − x)
n
1. Evaluate dx where n ∈ I+ and t is a 2
0 the derivative of f(x) = ( x + [ x 3 + 1]) x +sin x , where it
parameter independent of x. Hence show that exists in (1, 1.5). Indicate the point(s) where it does
1
∫x
k
(1 − x) n − k = [nCk(n + 1)]–1 not exist. Give reason(s) for your conclusion.
0 Sol. The greatest integer [x3 + 1] takes jump from 2 to 3 at
3
1 t n +1 − 1 2 and again from 3 to 4 at 3 3 in [1, 1.5] and
Sol. ∫ 0
[(t − 1) x + 1] n =
(t − 1)(n + 1) therefore it is discontinuous at these two points. As a
1 result the given function is discontinuous at 3 2 and
= [1 + t + t2 + t3 + ..... + tk + .... + tn] ...(1) hence not differentiable.
n +1
1 1 To find the derivative at other points we write :
∫ [tx + (1 − x)] n dx = ∫ [(1 − x) + tx]
n
Also dx 2
+ sin x
0 0 in (1, 3
2 ), f(x) = ( x + 2) x
1 1 2
⇒ f ´(x) = ( x + 2) x +sin x −1
∫ ∫ C1 (1 − x) n −1 x dx
n
= C 0 (1 − x) n dx + t n
0 0
{x2 + sin x + (x + 2) (2x + cos x) log (x + 2)}
1
∫ (1 − x)
n−k 2
+ .... + tk nCk xk dx ...... ...(2) in ( 3 2 , 3 3 ), f(x) = ( x + 3) x +sin x
,
0
k 2
As R.H.S of (1) = R.H.S. of (2) compare equ. of t on f ´(x) = ( x + 3) x +sin x −1 {x2 + sin x
both sides + (2x + cos x) (x + 3) × loge (x + 3)}
1 1
∫
= nCk (1 − x) n −k xkdx
2
⇒ in ( 3 5 , 1.5), f(x) = ( x + 4) x + sin x
,
n +1 0
2
1 1 f ´(x) = ( x + 4) x +sin x −1 , {x2 + sin x + (2x + cos x)
0 ∫
(1 − x) n −k xkdx = n
C k (n + 1)
Hence proved.
(x + 4) × loge(x + 4)}
2. Let point A describes a curve C such that the
difference between its distances from the points (0, 0) 4. For three unit vectors â , b̂ and ĉ not all collinear
and (3, 4) is 5. Then find the no. of points at which given that aˆ × cˆ = cˆ × bˆ and bˆ × aˆ = aˆ × cˆ . Show
the circle x2 + y2 = 4 and c intersect. that cosα + cos β + cos γ = –3/2, where α, β and γ are
Sol. Locus of the point A is curve C which is satisfying
|AB – AP| = PB the angles between â and b̂ , b̂ and ĉ and ĉ and â
where P : (0, 0), B : (3, 4) curve C represents two respectively.
→
rays BA or PA and it is clear from diagram that Sol. â × ĉ = cˆ × bˆ ⇒ ( â + b̂ ) × ĉ = 0
curve C and given circle are intersecting at only one
⇒ ĉ is collinear with â + b̂ ⇒ â + b̂ = λ ĉ for
point.
same λ ∈ R
Similarly b̂ + ĉ = µ â for some scalar u
A
→
Now â + b̂ = λ ĉ ⇒ â + b̂ + ĉ = (λ + 1) c
B(3, 4) Similarly ⇒ â + b̂ + ĉ = (µ + 1) â
Hence (λ + 1) ĉ = (µ + 1) â ,
P(0, 0) either λ + 1 = µ + 1 = 0 or ĉ is collinear with â .
But ĉ can not be collinear to â other wise cˆ × aˆ = 0
⇒ cˆ × bˆ = 0
A
⇒ b̂ is collinear to with ĉ

⇒ â b̂ and ĉ are collinear.
6. A man standing at a distance 5m in front of the base
Hence ĉ is not collinear to â of a building 10m high on which a flagstaff is
⇒λ+1=µ+1=0 mounted observes that the top of the building and the
⇒ λ ± µ = –1 top of a mountain behind the building are along the
same straight line. When he recedes by a distance of
Hence b̂ + ĉ = µ â 48 m he observes that now the top of the flagstaff and
→ the top of the mountain are along the same straight
⇒ â + b̂ + ĉ = 0 line. If at both the locations, the flagstaff subtends the
⇒ ( â + b̂ + ĉ ) . ( â + b̂ + ĉ ) = 0 same angle at the man’s eye, find the height of
mountain.
⇒ 1 + 1 + 1 + 2 ( â . b̂ + b̂ . ĉ + ĉ . â) = 0
Sol. CD : Flagstaf
3 DE : Building
⇒ â . b̂ + b̂ . ĉ + ĉ . â = –
2 KF : Mountain (height = h say)
3 The figure illustrates the situation.
⇒ cos α + cos β + cos γ = –
2 Since, ∠CBD = ∠CAD = α say, points A, B, C and
D are concyclic.
5. Let S be the coefficients of x49 in given expression ⇒ ∠ABD = ∠ACD = 90º – (α + β)
f(x) and if P be product of roots of the equation ⇒ ∠ABC = 90º – (α + β) + α = 90º – β = ∠KCH
S
f(x) = 0, then find the value of , given that : K
P 90º – β
x  1  x  1 C
f(x) = (x – 1)2  − 2   x −   − 3   x −  , H
 2  2  3  3
β
 x  1  G
.........  − 25   x −  D
 25  25 
Sol. Here we can write f(x) as : α 10
α
 x  x   x 
f(x) = ( x − 1) − 2  − 3 ... − 25  β
  2  3   25  90º – β
F
B 48 A 5 E
  1  1  1 
× ( x − 1) x −  x − ... x − 
  2  3  25  Now, h = KH + HF
Now roots of f(x) = 0 are; = (CH) tan (90º – β) + (BE) tan(90º – β)
1 1 1 (Q HF = CE)
12, 22, 32, ..... , 252 and 1, , , .....,
2 3 25 = [DG + (BA + AE) cot β
Now f(x) is the polynomial of degree 50, = [KG cot β + (48 + 5)] cot β
So coefficient of x49 will be : ⇒ h = [(h – 10)cotβ + 53] cot β
S = – (sum of roots) (Q KG = KF – GF)
 1 1 1  5 1
= – (12 + 22 + ... + 252) – 1 + + + .... +  Putting cot β = = , we get
 2 3 25  10 2
 25 × 26 × 51 
25
1  h − 10  1
=– 
 6
+ K  where, K =

∑
n =1
n
h= 
 2
+ 53 
 2
⇒ 4h = h – 10 + 106
⇒ S = –(K + 5525).
⇒ 3h = 96
Product of roots :
⇒ h = 32 m
1 1 1
12 . 22 . 32 .... 252 . 1 . . .... = 1 . 2 . 3 ...25
2 3 25
∴ P = 25 !
25
S −(K + 5525) 1
Hence
P
=
25!
, where K = ∑n
n =1

MATHS
INTEGRATION
Mathematics Fundamentals
Integration : 1 1 x−a
d
18. ∫x 2
−a 2
=
2a
log
x+a
, when x > a
If
dx ∫
f(x) = F(x), then F (x ) dx = f(x) + c, where c
1 1 a+x
is an arbitrary constant called constant of integration. 19. ∫a 2
−x 2
dx =
2a
log
a−x
, when x < a
x n +1
1. ∫ x n dx =
n +1
(n ≠ –1)
20. ∫
dx x
= log  x + x 2 − a 2  = cos h–1  
 
2
x −a 2 a
1
2. ∫ x
dx = log x
dx x
21. ∫ = log  x + x 2 + a 2  = sin h–1  
 
∫e a
2 2
3. x
dx = ex x +a
1 1 x
4. ∫ a x dx =
ax
log e a
22. ∫ a 2 − x 2 dx =
2
x a 2 − x 2 + a2 sin–1  
2 a
1
5. ∫ sin x dx = – cos x 23. ∫ x 2 − a 2 dx =
2
x x2 − a2
6. ∫ cos x dx = sin x –
1 2 
2
a log  x + x 2 − a 2 
 
∫ sec x dx = tan x
2
7. 1
24. ∫ x 2 + a 2 dx =
2
x x2 + a2
∫ cos ec x dx = – cot x
2
8.
1 2
+ a log  x + x 2 + a 2 
9. ∫ sec x tan x dx = sec x 2  
f ´(x )
10. ∫ cosec x cot x dx = – cosec x
25. ∫ f ( x) dx = log f(x)
x π f ´(x)
11. ∫ sec x dx = log(sec x + tan x) = log tan  2 + 4  26. ∫ f ( x)
dx = 2 f ( x)
 x Integration by Decomposition into Sum :

12. ∫ cosec x dx = – log (cosec x + cot x) = log tan  2  1. Trigonometrical transformations : For the
integrations of the trigonometrical products such as
13. ∫ tan x dx = – log cos x sin2x, cos2x, sin3x, cos3x, sin ax cos bx, etc., they are
expressed as the sum or difference of the sines and
14. ∫ cot x dx = log sin x cosines of multiples of angles.
2. Partial fractions : If the given function is in the
dx x x
∫ a − x = sin a = – cos form of fractions of two polynomials, then for its
–1 –1
15.
2 2 a integration, decompose it into partial fractions (if
possible).
dx 1 x 1 x
16. ∫a 2
+x 2
= tan–1 = – cot–1  
a a a a
Integration of some special integrals :
dx
dx 1 x 1  x (i) ∫
∫x
2
17. = sec–1 = – cosec–1   ax + bx + c
x −a2 2 a a a a This may be reduced to one of the forms of the above
formulae (16), (18) or (19).

dx dx 1
(ii) ∫
ax + bx + c 2
4. ∫ ( px 2
+ r ) ax + c2
, at first x =
t
and then a + ct2 = z2
This can be reduced to one of the forms of the above Some Important Integrals :
formulae (15), (20) or (21).
dx  x−α
(iii) ∫ ax 2 + bx + c dx 1. To evaluate ∫ ( x − α)( x − β)
, ∫   dx,
 β− x 
This can be reduced to one of the forms of the above
formulae (22), (23) or (24). ∫ ( x − α)(β − x) dx. Put x = α cos2θ + β sin2θ
( px + q)dx ( px + q )dx
(iv) ∫ 2
ax + bx + c
, ∫
ax 2 + bx + c
2. To evaluate
dx
∫ a + b cos x , ∫ a + b sin x ,
dx
For the evaluation of any of these integrals, put dx

px + q = A {differentiation of (ax2 + bx + c)} + B ∫ a + b cos x + c sin x
Find A and B by comparing the coefficients of like
powers of x on the two sides.  x  2 x
 2 tan  1 − tan 
2 2
1. If k is a constant, then Replace sin x =  and cos x = 
 2 x  x
∫ k dx = kx and ∫ k f ( x) dx = k ∫ f ( x) dx
2
1 + tan  1 + tan 
 2  2
2. ∫{ f ( x) ± f ( x)} dx = ∫ f ( x) dx ± ∫ f ( x) dx
1 2 1 2
Then put tan
x
= t.
2
Some Proper Substitutions :
p cos x + q sin x
1. ∫ f(ax + b) dx, ax + b = t 3. To evaluate ∫
a + b cos x + c sin x
dx
Put p cos x + q sin x = A(a + b cos x + c sin x)

∫ f(ax + b)x dx, ax + b = t
n n–1 n
2.
+ B. diff. of (a + b cos x + c sin x) + C
3. ∫ f{φ(x)} φ´(x) dx, φ(x) = t A, B and C can be calculated by equating the
coefficients of cos x, sin x and the constant terms.
f ´(x)
4. ∫ f ( x) dx , f(x) = t 4. To evaluate ∫ a cos 2
dx
,
x + 2b sin x cos x + c sin 2 x
5. ∫ a 2 − x 2 dx, x = a sin θ or a cos θ
∫ a cos
dx
2
x+b
,
dx
∫
a + b sin 2 x
∫
2 2
6. a + x dx, x = a tan θ In the above type of questions divide Nr and Dr by
cos2x. The numerator will become sec2x and in the
a2 − x2 denominator we will have a quadratic equation in tan
7. ∫ a2 + x2
dx, x2 = a2 cos 2θ x (change sec2x into 1 + tan2x).
Putting tan x = t the question will reduce to the form
8. ∫ a ± x dx, a ± x = t2 dt
a−x
∫ at 2 + bt + c
9. ∫ a+x
dx, x = a cos 2θ 5. Integration of rational function of the given form
x2 + a2 x2 − a2
10. ∫ 2ax − x 2 dx, x = a(1 – cos θ) (i) ∫x 4 + kx 2 + a 4
dx, (ii) ∫
x 4 + kx 2 + a 4
dx, where
k is a constant, positive, negative or zero.

11. ∫ x 2 − a 2 dx, x = a sec θ
These integrals can be obtained by dividing
Substitution for Some irrational Functions : numerator and denominator by x2, then putting
dx a2 a2
1. ∫( px + q) ax + b
, ax + b = t2 x–
x
= t and x +
x
= t respectively.
dx 1 Integration of Product of Two Functions :

2. ∫ ( px + q) , px + q =
∫ f (x) f (x) dx = f (x) ∫ f (x) dx – ∫ [( f ( x)∫ f ( x)dx] dx

2
ax + bx + c t '
1. 1 2 1 2 1 2
dx
∫ ( px
2
3. 2
, ax + b = t Proper choice of the first and second functions :
+ qx + r ) ax + b
Integration with the help of the above rule is called

integration by parts, In the above rule, there are two x
terms on R.H.S. and in both the terms integral of the convenient to make the substitution cot = t for
2
second function is involve. Therefore in the product 0 < x < 2π.
of two functions if one of the two functions is not
directly integrable (e.g. log x, sin–1x, cos–1x, tan–1x The above substitution enables us to integrate any
etc.) we take it as the first function and the remaining function of the form R (sin x, cos x). However, in
function is taken as the second function. If there is no practice, it sometimes leads to extremely complex
other function, then unity is taken as the second rational functions. In some cases, the integral can be
function. If in the integral both the functions are simplified by –
easily integrable, then the first function is chosen in (i) Substituting sin x = t, if the integral is of the form
such a way that the derivative of the function is a
simple functions and the function thus obtained under ∫ R (sin x) cos x dx.
the integral sign is easily integrable than the original (ii) Substituting cos x = t, if the integral is of the form
function.
∫ R (cos x) sin x dx.
2. ∫ e ax sin(bx + c) dx
dt
(iii) Substituting tan x = t, i.e. dx = , if the
e ax
1+ t2
= 2 [a sin (bx + c) – b cos (bx + c)] integral is dependent only on tan x.
a + b2
Some Useful Integrals :
e ax  b
= sin bx + c − tan −1  dx
2
a +b 2 a 1. (When a > b) ∫
a + b cos x
∫e
ax
3. cos(bx + c) dx 2  a−b x
= tan–1  tan  + c
2
a −b 2
 a + b 2 
e ax
= [a cos (bx + c) + b sin(bx + c)]
a 2 + b2 dx
2. (When a < b) ∫ a + b cos x
e ax  b
= cos bx + c − tan −1  x
2
a +b 2 a b − a tan − a+b
1 a
=– log
x
4. ∫ ekx{kf(x) + f '(x)} dx = ekxf(x) b2 − a 2 b − a tan + a + b
a
 x dx 1 x
5. ∫ log e x = x(logex – 1) = x loge  
e
3. (when a = b) ∫ a + b cos x = a tan 2 +c
Integration of Trigonometric Functions : dx

1. To evaluate the integrals of the form
4. (When a > b) ∫ a + b sin x
 
∫ sin x cos x dx, where m and n are rational x
m n
I =
 a tan 2  + b 
2    
numbers. = tan–1   +c
a 2 − b2 2
 a −b  2
(i) Substitute sin x = t, if n is odd;  
(ii) Substitute cos x = t, if m is odd;
dx
(iii) Substitute tan x = t, if m + n is a negative even
integer; and
5. (When a < b) ∫ a + b sin x
1 1  x
(iv) Substitute cot x = t, if (m + 1) + (n – 1) is an a tan   + b − b 2 − a 2
2 2 1 2
= log +c
integer. b2 − a 2  x
a tan   + b + b 2 − a 2
2
2. Integrals of the form ∫ R (sin x, cos x) dx, where R is dx 1
a rational function of sin x and cos x, are transformed
into integrals of a rational function by the substitution
6. (When a = b) ∫ a + b sin x = a [tan x – sec x] + c
x
tan = t, where –π < x < π. This is the so called
2
universal substitution. Sometimes it is more

MATHS TRIGONOMETRICAL
EQUATION
Mathematics Fundamentals
Functions with their Periods : Note :

1. If while solving an equation we have to square it,
Function Period then the roots found after squaring must be
sin (ax + b), cos (ax + b), sec (ax + b), 2π/a checked whether they satisfy the original equation
cosec (ax + b) or not. e.g. Let x = 3. Squaring, we get x2 = 9,
∴ x = 3 and – 3 but x = – 3 does not satisfy the
tan(ax + b), cot (ax + b) π/a original equation x = 3.
|sin (ax + b)|, |cos (ax + b)|, |sec (ax + b)|, π/a 2. Any value of x which makes both R.H.S. and
|cosec (ax + b)| L.H.S. equal will be a root but the value of x for
which ∞ = ∞ will not be a solution as it is an
|tan (ax + b)|, |cot (ax + b)| π/2a
indeterminate form.
Trigonometrical Equations with their General 3. If xy = xz, then x(y – z) = 0 ⇒ either x = 0 or
Solution: y z
y = z or both. But = ⇒ y = z only and not
x x
Trgonometrical equation General Solution
x = 0, as it will make ∞ = ∞. Similarly, if ay = az,
sin θ = 0 θ = nπ then it will also imply y = z only as a ≠ 0 being a
constant.
cos θ = 0 θ = nπ + π/2
Similarly, x + y = x + z ⇒ y = z and x – y = x – z
tan θ = 0 θ = nπ ⇒ y = z. Here we do not take x = 0 as in the
sin θ = 1 θ = 2nπ + π/2 above because x is an additive factor and not
multiplicative factor.
cos θ = 1 θ = 2nπ
4. When cos θ = 0, then sin θ = 1 or –1. We have to
sin θ = sin α θ = nπ + (–1)n α verify which value of sin θ is to be chosen which
cos θ = cos α θ = 2nπ ± α  1
satisfies the equation cos θ = 0 ⇒ θ =  n +  π
 2
tan θ = tan α θ = nπ + α
If sin θ = 1, then obviously n = even. But if
sin2θ = sin2α θ = nπ ± α sin θ = –1, then n = odd.
tan2θ = tan2α θ = nπ ± α Similarly, when sin θ = 0, then θ = nπ and cos θ = 1
2 2 or –1.
cos θ = cos α θ = nπ ± α
If cos θ = 1, then n is even and if cos θ = –1, then
sin θ = sin α θ = 2nπ + α n is odd.
*
cos θ = cos α
5. The equations a cos θ ± b sin θ = c are solved as
sin θ = sin α θ = 2nπ + α follows :
*
tan θ = tan α Put a = r cos α, b = r sin α so that r = a2 + b2
and α = tan–1 b/a.
tan θ = tan α θ = 2nπ + α
* The given equation becomes
cos θ = cos α
r[cos θ cos α ± sin θ sin α] = c ;
* If α be the least positive value of θ which satisfy c c
two given trigonometrical equations, then the general cos (θ ± α) = provided ≤ 1.
r r
value of θ will be 2nπ + α.

Relation between the sides and the angle of a triangle: 2 2∆
sin A = s ( s − a)( s − b)( s − c ) =
1. Sine formula : bc bc
sin A sin B sin C 1 2∆ 2∆
= = = Similarly sin B = & sin C =
a b c 2R ca ab
Where R is the radius of circumcircle of triangle Some Important Results :
ABC. A B s−c A B s
2. Cosine formulae : 1. tan tan = ∴ cot cot =
2 2 s 2 2 s−c
b2 + c2 − a2 a2 + c2 − b2 A B c C c
cos A = , cos B = , 2. tan + tan = cot = (s – c)
2bc 2ac 2 2 s 2 ∆
a 2 + b2 − c2 A B a −b
cos C = 3. tan – tan = (s – c)
2ab 2 2 ∆
It should be remembered that, in a triangle ABC A B
tan + tan
If ∠A = 60º, then b2 + c2 – a2 = bc A B 2 2 = c cot C
4. cot + cot =
If ∠B = 60º, then a2 + c2 – b2 = ac 2 2 A B s−c 2
tan tan
If ∠C = 60º, then a2 + b2 – c2 = ab 2 2
3. Projection formulae : 5. Also note the following identities :
a = b cos C + c cos B, b = c cos A + a cos C Σ(p – q) = (p – q) + (q – r) + (r – p) = 0
c = a cos B + b cos A Σp(q – r) = p(q – r) + q(r – p) + r(p – q) = 0
Trigonometrical Ratios of the Half Angles of a Triangle: Σ(p + a)(q – r) = Σp(q – r) + aΣ(q – r) = 0
a+b+c Solution of Triangles :
If s = in triangle ABC, where a, b and c are
2 1. Introduction : In a triangle, there are six
the lengths of sides of ∆ABC, then elements viz. three sides and three angles. In
A s( s − a) B s ( s − b) plane geometry we have done that if three of the
(a) cos = , cos = , elements are given, at least one of which must be
2 bc 2 ac
a side, then the other three elements can be
C s( s − c) uniquely determined. The procedure of
cos =
2 ab determining unknown elements from the known
elements is called solving a triangle.
A ( s − b)( s − c) B ( s − a)( s − c )
(b) sin = , sin = , 2. Solution of a right angled triangle :
2 bc 2 ac
Case I. When two sides are given : Let the
C ( s − a )( s − b) triangle be right angled at C. Then we can
sin = determine the remaining elements as given in the
2 ab
following table.
A ( s − b)( s − c)
(c) tan = ,
2 s( s − a) Given Required
B ( s − a)( s − c) C ( s − a)( s − b) (i) a, b a a

tan = , tan tanA = , B = 90º – A, c =
2 s ( s − b) 2 s( s − c) b sin A
Napier's Analogy : (ii) a, c a

sinA = , b = c cos A, B = 90º – A
B −C b−c A C−A c−a B c
tan = cot , tan = cot
2 b+c 2 2 c+a 2
Case II. When a side and an acute angle are given –
A− B a −b C
tan = cot In this case, we can determine
2 a+b 2
Area of Triangle : Given Required
1 1 1 (i) a, A a
∆ = bc sin A= ca sin B = ab sin C B = 90º – A, b = a cot A, c =
2 2 2 sin A
2 2 2
∆ = 1 a sin B sin C = 1 b sin C sin A = 1 c sin A sin B (ii) c, A B = 90º – A, a = c sin A, b = c cos A
2 sin( B + C ) 2 sin(C + A) 2 sin( A + B)

Based on New Pattern
a
IIT-JEE 2011
XtraEdge Test Series # 10
Time : 3 Hours
Syllabus :
Physics : Full Syllabus, Chemistry : Full Syllabus, Mathematics : Full syllabus
Instructions :
Section - I
• Question 1 to 9 are multiple choice questions with only one correct answer. +3 marks will be awarded for correct
answer and -1 mark for wrong answer.
• Question 10 to 14 are multiple choice questions with one or more than one correct asnwer. +4 marks will be
awarded for correct answer and –1 mark for wrong answer.
• Question 15 to 20 are passage based single correct type questions. +4 marks will be awarded for correct answer and
-1 mark for wrong answer..
Section - II
• Question 21 to 22 are Column Matching type questions. +6 marks will be awarded for the complete correctly
matched answer and No Negative marks for wrong answer. However, +1 mark will be given for a correctly
marked answer in any row.
3. A ideal diatomic gas occupies a volume V1 at a

PHYSICS pressure P1. The gas undergoes process in which the
pressure is proportional to the volume. At the end of
Questions 1 to 9 are multiple choice questions. Each process the rms sped of the gas molecules has double
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of from its initial value then the heat supplied to the gas
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in in the given process is -
OMR sheet against the question number of that (A) 7 P1V1 (B) 8 P1V1
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct (C) 9 P1V1 (D) 10 P1V1
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer.
4. An electron gum T emits electron accelerated by a
1. Two men B and C are watching man A. B watches A
potential difference U in a vacuum in the direction of
to be stationary and C watches A moving. Then -
the line a as shown in figure. Target M is placed at a
(A) Man A may be at absolute rest
distance d as shown in figure. Find the magnetic field
(B) Man B may be at absolute rest
perpendicular to the plane determine by line a and
(C) Man C may be at absolute rest
the point M in order that electron hit the target M –
(D) None of these a
Electron gun
α
2. A particle of mass m is placed on the centre of a fixed
uniform semi-circular ring of radius R and mass M as d
Target
shown. Then work required to displace the particle
slowly from centre of ring to infinity is : (Assume M
only gravitational interaction of ring and particle)
M 2Ume sin α 2Ume sin α
(A) 2 (B)
e d e 2d
R 2Ume sin α 2Ume sin α
(C) (D) 8
m e d e d
GMm GMm 5. When 24.8 KeV x-rays strike a material, the

(A) (B) – photoelectrons emitted from K shell are abserved to
R R move in a circle of radius 23 mm in a magnetic field
GMm GMm of 2 × 10–2 T. The binding energy of K-shell
(C) (D) –
πR πR electrons is -
(A) 6.2 KeV (B) 5.4 KeV
(C) 7.4 KeV (D) 8.6 KeV

6. In the circuit shown the cell is ideal. The coil has an Questions 10 to 14 are multiple choice questions. Each
inductance of 4H ans zero resistance. F is a fuse of question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
zero resistance and will blow when the current which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE THAN ONE) is
through it reaches 5A. The switch is closed at t = 0. correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against the
The fuse will blow - question number of that question. + 4 marks will be
given for each correct answer and –1 mark for each
F wrong answer.
+ L = 4H
10. A pendulum of length l is suspended on a flat car that
2V – is moving with a velocity u on the horizontal road. If
the car is suddenly stopped, then : (Assume bob of
pendulum does not collide anywhere)
S
(A) after 5 sec (B) after 2 sec θ l
(C) after 10 sec (D) almost at once
u
7. In an insulating medium (K = 1) volumetric charge
density varies with y-coordinates according the law (A) the maximum angle θ with the initial vertical line
ρ = a. y. A particle of mass m having positive charge through which the pendulum swing is
q is at point A(0, y0) and projected with velocity  u 
r sin –1  
v = v 0 i^ as shown in figure. At y = 0 electric field is  2 gl 
zero. Neglect the gravity and fractional resistance, (B) the maximum angle θ with the initial vertical line
the slope of trajectory of the particle as a function of through which the pendulum swing is
y(E is only along y-axis) is –  u 
y 2 sin –1  
 2 gl 
(C) If maximum angle is 60º, l = 5 m and
A v0 g = 9.8 m/s2 then the initial speed of car u is
(0,y0)
x
7 m/s
(D) If maximum angle 60º, l = 5 m and g = 9.8 m/s2,
qa qa
(A) ( y 3 – y 30 ) (B) ( y 3 – y 30 ) then the initial speed of car u is 6 m/s
mε 0 v 02 3mε 0 v 02
11. A parallel plate air capacitor is connected to a
qa ( y – y 30 )
3
qa ( y – y 30 )
3 battery. If plates of the capacitor are pulled further
(C) (D) apart, then which of the following statements are
5mε 0 v 02 2mε 0 v 02
correct?
(A) Strength of electric field inside the capacitor
8. If E denotes electric field in a uniform conductor, I remain unchanged, if battery is disconnected
corresponding current through it, vd-drift velocity of before pulling the plate
electrons and P denotes thermal power produced in (B) During the process, work is done by an external
the conductor, then which of the following graph is force applied to pull the plates whether battery is
incorrect - disconnected or it remains connected
vd P (C) Potential energy in the capacitor decreases if the
battery remains connected during pulling plates
(A) (B)
apart
E E (D) None of the above
P P
12Ω 2H 2Ω
12.
(C) (D)
6Ω 2Ω
6V
vd I
1
9. Find the de Broglie wavelength of Earth. Mass of (A) Its time constant is sec
Earth is 6 × 1024 kg. Mean orbital radius of Earth 4
around Sun is 150 × 106 km - (B) Its time constant is 4 sec
(A) 3.7 m (B) 3.7 × 10–63 (C) In steady state current through battery will be
63
(C) 3.7 × 10 m (D) 3.7 × 10–63 cm equal to 0.75 A
(D) In steady state current through inductance will be
equal to 0.75 A

13. In passing through a boundary refraction will not take 17. The maximum value of wavelength λ to produce a
place if - minimum at D is given by -
(A) light is incident normally on the boundary (A) πR (B) 2πR
(B) the indices of refraction of the two media are πR 3πR
same (C) (D)
2 2
(C) the boundary is not visible
(D) angle of incidence is lesser than angle of
Passage # 2 (Ques. 18 to 20)
µ  A metal sphere of radius R, carrying charge q1 is
refraction but greater then sin –1  R 
 µD  surrounded by a thick concentric metal shell (inner
radius a, outer radius b). The shell carries no net
14. A body moves in a circular path of radius R with charge.
deceleration so that at any moment of time its
tangential and normal acceleration are equal in R
magnitude. At the initial moment t = 0, the velocity a
of body is v0 then the velocity of body will be -
v0 b
(A) v = at time.t 18. Find the surface charge density σ at r = R, r = a, r = b -
v t
1+  0  q q q
 R  (A) σR = 2
, σa = 2
, σb =
4πR 4πa 4πb 2
(B) v = v 0 e – S / R after it has moved S meter
q –q q
(C) v = v 0 e – SR after it has moved S meter (B) σR = 2
, σa = , σb =
4πR 4πa 2
4πb 2
(D) None of these –q q q
(C) σR = , σa = 2
, σb =
This section contains 2 paragraphs; each has 4πR 2
4πa 4πb 2
3 multiple choice questions. (Questions 15 to 20) Each q q –q
(D) σR = , σa = , σb =
question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which 4πR 2
4πa 2
4πb 2
ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in OMR
sheet against the question number of that question. + 4 19. The potential at the centre, using infinity at the
marks will be given for each correct answer and –1 reference point : (potential is zero at infinity)
mark for each wrong answer.
1  q q 1  q q q
(A) – (B) + +
Passage # 1 (Ques. 15 to 17) 4πε 0  R a  4πε 0  R a b 
A narrow tube is bent in the form of circle of radius R
as shown. Two small holes S and D are made in the 1 q 1 q q q 
tube at the positions right angles to each other. A
(C)
4πε 0 R (D)
4πε 0 b – a + R
   
source placed at S generates a wave of intensity I0
which is equally divided into two parts. One part 20. Now the outer surface is touched to a grounding wire,
travels along the longer path, while the other travels which lowers its potential to zero. Now the potential
along the shorter path. Both the part waves meet at at the centre : (Assume at infinity also potential is
point D where a detector is placed. zero)
1  q q 1  q q q
(A) – (B) + +
4πε 0  R a  4πε 0  R a b 
R
S 1 q 1 q q q 
(C) (D) – +
4πε 0  R  4πε 0  b a R 
D This section contains 2 questions (Questions 21, 22).

15. Maximum intensity produced at D is given by - Each question contains statements given in two
(A) 4I0 (B) 2I0 columns which have to be matched. Statements (A, B,
(C) 3I0 (D) I0 C, D) in Column I have to be matched with statements
(P, Q, R, S) in Column II. The answers to these
questions have to be appropriately bubbled as
16. The maximum value of wavelength λ to produce a
illustrated in the following example. If the correct
maximum at D its given by -
matches are A-P, A-S, B-Q, B-R, C-P, C-Q and D-S,
(A) πR (B) 2πR
then the correctly bubbled 4 × 4 matrix should be as
πR 3πR follows :
(C) (D)
2 2

P Q R S 2. If optical rotation produced by the compound (i) is
–30°, then rotation produced by compound (ii) is
A P Q R S
CH3 CH3
B P Q R S
H OH H OH
C P Q R S (i) (ii)
D P Q R S HO H H OH
Mark your response in OMR sheet against the question CH3 CH3
number of that question in section-II. + 6 marks will be (A) + 30° (B) –30°
given for complete correct answer and No Negative (C) zero (D) unpredictable
marks for wrong answer. However, 1 mark will be 3. A mixture of CO and CO2 having a volume of 20 ml
given for a correctly marked answer in any row.
is mixed with x ml of oxygen and electrically
21. Match Column-I with Column-II in the light of sparked. The volume after explosion is (16 + x) ml
possibility of occurrence of phenomena listed in under the same conditions. What would be the
Column-I using the systems in Column-II residual volume if 30 ml of the original mixture is
Column-I Column-II treated with aqueous NaOH ?
(A) Interference (P) Non-mechanical waves • (A) 12 ml (B) 10 ml
(B) Diffraction (Q) Electromagnetic waves
• (C) 9 ml (D) 8 ml
(C) Polarisation (R) Visible light waves
(D) Reflection (S) Sound waves 4. Rutherford’s experiment, which estabilished the
nuclear model of the atom, used a beam of -
22. A satellite is revolving around earth in a circular orbit
of m radius r0 with velocity v0. a particle of mass is (A) β–particles, which impinged on a metal foil and
projected from satellite in forward direction with got absorbed
 5  (B) γ–rays, which impinged on a metal foil and
relative velocity v =  – 1 v0. During subsequent ejected electrons
 4  (C) helium atoms, which impinged on a metal foil
motion of particle match the following (assume M = and got scattered
mass of earth) (D) helium nuclei, which impinged on a metal foil
Column-I Column-II and got scattered
3GMm 5. The correct order of acidic strength is –
(A) Magnitude of total energy of (P)
8r0 (A) Cl2O7 >SO2>P4O10
Patrticle (B) CO2 >N2O5 <SO3
(B) Minimum distance of particle (Q) r0
(C) Na2O >MgO >Al2O3
from earth
3 (D) K2O >CaO >MgO
(C) Maximum distance of particle (R) r0
5 6. A reaction follows the given concentration (C) vs
from eath time graph. The rate for this reaction at 20 seconds
5GMm will be –
(D) Minimum kinetic energy of (S)
8r0 0.5
0.4
particle
0.3
CHEMISTRY 0.2
0.1
Questions 1 to 9 are multiple choice questions. Each
0 20 40 60 80 100
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in Time/second
OMR sheet against the question number of that (A) 4 × 10–3 Ms–1 (B) 8 × 10–2 Ms–1
–2 –1
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct (C) 2 × 10 Ms (D) 7 × 10–3 Ms–1
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer.
7. The potential of the Daniell cell,
1. The equilibrium constant for the reaction in aqueous
solution – ZnSO 4 CuSO 4
Zn Cu was reported by Buckbee,
H3BO3 + glycerin (H3BO3 – glycerin) is 0.90. (1M) (1M )
How many moles of glycerin should be added per Surdzial, and Metz as
litre of 0.10 M H3BO3 so that 80% of the H3BO3 is Eº = 1.1028 – 0.641 × 10–3 T + 0.72 × 10–5 T2, where
converted to the boric acid glycerin complex ? T is the celcius temperature. Calculate ∆Sº for the
(A) 0.08 (B) 4.44 (C) 4.52 (D) 3.6 cell reaction at 25º C –

(A) – 45.32 (B) – 34.52 (A) Root mean square speed of molecules
(C) – 25.43 (D) – 54.23 (B) Mean translational kinetic energy of molecules
(C) Number density of molecules
8. In a hypothetical solid C atoms form CCP lattice with (D) Kinetic energy of molecules
A atoms occupying all the Tetrahedral voids and B
atoms occupying all the octahedral voids. A and B 12. Which of the following samples of reducing agents
atoms are of the appropriate size such that there is no is/are chemically equivalent to 25 mL of 0.2 N
distortion in the CCP lattice. Now if a plane is KMnO4, to be reduced to Mn2+ + H2O ?
cut (as shown) then the cross section would like – (A) 25 mL of 0.2 M FeSO4 to be oxidized to Fe3+
(B) 50 mL of 0.1 MH3AsO3 to be oxidized to H3AsO4
Plane (C) 25 mL of 0.2 M H2O2 to be oxidized to H+ and O2
(D) 25 mL of 0.1 M SnCl2 to be oxidized to Sn4+
13. Which of the following statement is/are correct ?

CCP unit cell (A) [Ni(CO)4] is tetrahedral, paramagnetic, sp3
hybridised
C B C C CC
(B) [Ni(CN)4]2– is square planar, diamagnetic, dsp2
C hybridised
A
(A) B B B (B) B B B (C) [Ni(CO)4] is tetrahedral, diamagnetic, sp3

A hybridised
C B C C C C (D) [NiCl4]2– is tetrahedral, paramagnetic, sp3
hybridised
C C C C C CC 14. Consider the reaction

A A
(C) B B B (D) B B B O
A A
C C C C C C C – OH
Na , NH (l ) O , Me S
  
3
→ A 3 
2
→ B+C
EtOH CH 2Cl 2
9. The favourable conditions for a spontaneous
reactions are-
(A) T ∆S > ∆H, ∆H = ⊕ , ∆S = ⊕
(B) T ∆S > ∆H, ∆H = ⊕ , ∆S = Θ D
∆
(C) T ∆S = ∆H, ∆H = Θ , ∆S = Θ
(D) T ∆S = ∆H, ∆H = ⊕ , ∆S = ⊕ Identify the correct representation of structure of the
products -
COOH
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE THAN ONE) is (A) A is
correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against the
question number of that question. + 4 marks will be
(B) The intermediate formed in the conversion of B to
D is enol
wrong answer.
10. A sample of water has a hardness expressed as 77.5
ppm Ca2+. This sample is passed through an ion (C) The structure of C is
exchange column and the Ca2+ is replaced by H+. O O
Select correct statement(s) (D) A can also be formed from the reaction
(A) pH of the water after it has been so treated is 2.4
(B) Every Ca2+ ion is replaced by one H+ ion
(C) Every Ca2+ ion is replaced by two H+ ions This section contains 2 paragraphs; each has
(D) pH of the solution remains unchanged 3 multiple choice questions. (Questions 15 to 20) Each
question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which
11. Consider a sample of He gas and Ne gas both at 300
sheet against the question number of that question. + 4
K and 1 atmosphere. Assuming ideal behaviour
marks will be given for each correct answer and –1
which of the following quantities are equal for two
samples ?

Passage # 1 (Ques. 15 to 17) Passage # 2 (Ques. 18 to 20)
A useful method to convert oxime to substituted
amide is Beckmann rearrangement which occurs
through following steps,
J
C Ph
218 673 K Ph
C=N H→
+
C=N
647 K ( I) +
Me OH2
Pressure 85 G CH3 OH
in atm 573 K ⊕
−
H 2O
→ CH 3 − C = N − Ph H
2O
→
15 F ( II) ( III)
1
H E O
A B 473 K
56 CH3 –C = N–Ph (IV) CH3 –C–NH–Ph
Vm (in cm3/mol)
OH
In the given figure P-Vm isotherm of H2O is shown.
18. Rate determining step in Beckmann rearrangement is
The line (……) represent, the vanderwaals plot for (A) I (B) II (C) III (D) IV
H2O at 473 K. The vanderwaals constant of H2O is
represented by a and b. Me
19. The compound C=N when treated
15. What is the equation of the dotted line (- - - ) Ph OH
AICFB? with H2SO4 and hydrolysed the products formed are
 dP   d2P  (A) CH3COOH and PhNH2
(A)   = 0 and   =0
  dV 2  (B) CH3NH2 and PhCOOH
 dV m  T  m T
(C) PhCH2NH2 and CH3COOH
a  2b  (D) PhCH2COOH and CH3NH2
(B) P = 1 + 
2  
Vm  Vm 
20. In the following sequence of reaction
a  2b  O
(C) P = 1 – 
2  V 
Vm  m  NH OH
→ I PCl
Ph – C – –CH3  2 5 → P
pH = 4−6 ∆
 d 2P 
(D)   =0 the product P may be
 dV 2 
 m T (A) PhCOOH
O
16 As per the vanderwaals line I H G F (- - - -) which of
the following section against the behaviour of gas- (B) CH3– –C–NH2
(A) I H (B) H G
(C) G F (D) All of the given O
(C) Ph – C – NH – – CH3
17. For H2O which of the following is / are correct-
(A) For H2O, compressibility factor (Zc) is equal to O
0.23. (D) Ph – C – NH2
(B) For H2O, compressibility factor (Zc) is lesser than
0.375 because of stronger intermolecular
attraction among H2O molecules. This section contains 2 questions (Questions 21, 22).
(C) For H2O if reduced pressure, reduced volume and Each question contains statements given in two
reduced temperature are 20, 0.6 and 2 columns which have to be matched. Statements (A, B,
respectively then intermolecular force of C, D) in Column I have to be matched with statements
repulsion predominate over intermolecular (P, Q, R, S) in Column II. The answers to these
H-bonding among H2O molecules. questions have to be appropriately bubbled as
(D) All of the above are correct. matches are A-P, A-S, B-Q, B-R, C-P, C-Q and D-S,
follows :

P Q R S
MATHEMATICS
A P Q R S
B P Q R S Questions 1 to 9 are multiple choice questions. Each
C P Q R S question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
D P Q R S which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in
OMR sheet against the question number of that
Mark your response in OMR sheet against the question question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct
number of that question in section-II. + 6 marks will be answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer.
given for complete correct answer and No Negative 1. If α, β are the roots of the equation;
marks for wrong answer. However, 1 mark will be 6x2 + 11x + 3 =0 then :
(A) both cos–-1 α and cos–1 β are real
21. Column –I Column II (B) both cosec–1 α and cosec–1 β are real
(A) Decomposition (P) 10 t1/2
(C) both cot–1α and cot–1β are real
of H2O2
(D) None of these
k
(B) 308K (Q) 1st order y x
k 298K 2. If for the differential equation y′ = + φ   the
x  y
(C) Arrhenius eq. (R) Temperature coefficient
x
k Ea  T2 – T1  general solution is y = then f (x / y) is given
(D) t99.9% (S) log 2 =   log | Cx |
k1 2.303R  T1T2  by -
22. Column-I (A) – x2 / y2 (B) y2 / x2
Me Me Me Me Cl (C) x2 / y2 (D) – y2 / x2
3. Two flagstaffs stand on a horizontal plane. A and B
(A) Me Me are two points on the line joining their feet and
between them. the angles of elevation of the tops of
Me Me Me Me the flagstaffs as seen from A are 30º and 60º and as
Cl Me Me Me Me seen from B are 60º and 45º. If AB is 30m, the
distance between the flagstaffs in meters is
(B) Me (A) 30 + 15 3 (B) 45 + 15 3
(C) 60 – 15 3 (D) 60 + 15 3
Me Me Me Me Cl
4. If the probability of choosing an integer k out of 2m
Me Br Me Me Cl integers 1, 2, 3, ...., 2m is inversely proportional to
Cl
k4(1 ≤ k ≤ 2m), then the probability that chosen
number is odd, is
(C) Me Me
(A) equal to 1/2 (B) less than 1/2
(C) greater than 1/2 (D) less than 1/3
Me Me Br Me
5. The line x + y = 1 meets x-axis at A and y-axis at B.P
is the mid-point of AB (fig.) P1 is the foot of the
Cl Me Br Me Me
perpendicular from P to OA; M1 is that from P1 to
OP; P2 is that from M1 to OA; M2 is that from P2 to
(D) Me Me OP; P3 is that from M2 to OA and so on. If Pn denotes
the nth foot of the perpendicular on OA from Mn–1,
Me Me Br Me Cl then OPn =
Column-II y
(P) Optically active B
(Q) Cis compound
(R) Trans compound P
(S) Optically inactive M1
M2
x
O P3 P2 P1 A

(A) 1/2 (B) 1/2n  x sec x 
(C) ex sin x + cos x  −  +C
(C) 1/2n/2 (D) 1/ 2  tan x x 
 cos x − x sin x 
6. The sum ∑ ∑(
0 ≤ i < j ≤10
10
C j ) (jCi) is equal to ∫
(D) xex sin x+cos x – e x sin x + cos x 1 −
 x 2 cos 2 x 
 dx
(A) 210 – 1 (B) 210

(C) 310 – 1 (D) 310 (log(1 + x) – log 2)(3.4 x –1 – 3 x)
12. Let f(x) = , x ≠1
{(7 + x)1/ 3 – (1 + 3x )1 / 2 }sin πx
7. Reflection of the line a z + az = 0 in the real axis is
The value of f(1) so that f is continuous at x = 1 is
(A) a z + az = 0
(A) an algebraic number
a z
(B) = (B) a rational number
a z (C) a trance dental number
(C) (a + a ) (z + z ) = 0 9
(D) None of these (D) – log 4e
π
8. If g(x) is a polynomial satisfying g(x) g(y) = g(x) +
13. The solution of y1(x2y3 + xy) = 1 is
g(y) + g(xy) – 2 for all real x and y and g(2) = 5 then 2
lim g(x) is - (A) 1/x = 2 – y2 + C e − y / 2
x→3
(B) the solution of an equation which is reducible to
(A) 9 (B) 25 linear equation
(C) 10 (D) none of these (C) 2/x = 1 – y2 + e–y/2
2  1 − 2x 
(D) e y / 2  + y2  = C
9. The domain of definition of  x 
 x –1  1
f(x) = log 0.4   × 2 is 14. Suppose a, b, c are positive integers and
 x + 5  x – 36
f(x) = ax2 – bx + c = 0 has two distinct roots in
(A) (– ∞, 0) ~ {– 6} (B) (0, ∞) ~ {1, 6}
(C) (1, ∞) ~ {6} (D) [1, ∞)~ {6} (0, 1), then -
(A) a ≥ 5 (B) b ≥ 5
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of (C) abc ≥ 25 (D) abc ≥ 250
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE THAN ONE) is
correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against the This section contains 2 paragraphs; each has
question number of that question. + 4 marks will be 3 multiple choice questions. (Questions 15 to 20) Each
given for each correct answer and –1 mark for each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which
wrong answer. ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in OMR
1 marks will be given for each correct answer and –1
10. The lim x 8  3  (where [x] is greatest integer mark for each wrong answer.
x→0 x 
function) is Passage # 1 (Ques. 15 to 17)
(A) a nonzero real number At times the methods of co-ordinates becomes
(B) a rational number effective in solving problems of properties of
(C) an integer triangles. We may choose one vertex of the triangle
as origin and one side passing through this vertex as
(D) zero
x-axis. Thus, without loss of generality, we can
assume that every triangle ABC has a vertex B
 x 4 cos 2 x − x sin x + cos x  situated at B(0, 0), vertex C at (a, 0) and A as (h, k).
11. ∫
If l = e x sin x + cos x 
 x 2 cos 2 x
dx


15. If in ∆ABC, AC = 3, BC = 4, medians AD and BE
then l equals - are perpendicular, then area of triangle ABC must be
 sec x  equal to
(A) ex sin x + cos x  x − +C
 x  (A) 7 (B) 11
 cos x  (C) 2 2 (D) None of these
(B) ex sin x + cos x  x sin x − 
 x 

16. Suppose the bisector AD of the interior angle A of Mark your response in OMR sheet against the question
∆ABC divides side BC into segments BD = 4, number of that question in section-II. + 6 marks will be
DC = 2. Then we must have given for complete correct answer and No Negative
(A) b > 6 and c < 4 marks for wrong answer. However, 1 mark will be
(B) 2 < b < 6 and c < 1 given for a correctly marked answer in any row.
(C) 2 < b < 6 and 4 < c < 12
(D) None of these 21. Column –I Column II
(A) The period of sin πx + (P) 22n – 1
17. If altitudes CD = 7, AE = 6 and E divides BC such πx πx
BE 3 tan + sin 2 + .... +
that = , then c must be 2 2
EC 4
πx πx
(A) 2 3 (B) 5 3 (C) 3 (D) 4 3 sin n −1
+ tan
2 2n
Passage # 2 (Ques. 18 to 20) (B) g(x) = 3 + 4x, the value of (Q) 22n
Among several applications of maxima and minima
is finding the largest term of a sequence. Let <an> be gn(0) = gog .... o g(0) is
a sequence. Consider f(x) obtained by replacing x by
(C) f(x) = x3 + 2nx2 + bx + c is (R) 2n
n x
n e.g. let an = consider f(x) = on [1, ∞] bijection if and only if
n +1 x +1
3b ≥ d where d is equal to
x
f ´(x) = > 0 for all x. n
( x + 1) 2 (D) (22n – 1) ∑ (−1) r n
Cr (S) 2n + 1
Hence max f(x) = lim f ( x) = 1. r =0
x →∞
18. The largest term of an = n2/(n3 + 200) is  1 r r 

 + 3 + 7 + ..... upto infinity 
(A) 29/453 (B) 49/543  2 r 2 2 r 2 3r 
 
(C) 43/543 (D) 41/451
19. The largest term of the sequence 22. Centre of circle

an = n/(n2 + 10) is Column-I Column-II
(A) 3/19 (B) 2/13 2
(A) |z – 2| + |z – 4i| = 20 2
(P) 1 – i
(C) 1 (D) 1/7
z −1
20. If f(x) is the function required to find largest term in (B) =2 (Q) 5/3 + 0i
z +1
Q. 14 then
(A) f is increase for all x (C) z z – (1 + i)z (R) – 4 – i
(B) f decreases for all x
3 – (1 – i) z + 7 = 0
(C) f has a maximum at x = 400
(D) f increases on [0, 9]  z + 3 + 4i 
(D) arg   (S) 1 + 2i
This section contains 2 questions (Questions 21, 22).  z + 5 − 2i 
Each question contains statements given in two
columns which have to be matched. Statements (A, B,
C, D) in Column I have to be matched with statements
(P, Q, R, S) in Column II. The answers to these
questions have to be appropriately bubbled as
follows :
P Q R S
A P Q R S
B P Q R S
C P Q R S
D P Q R S

Based on New Pattern
IIT-JEE 2012
XtraEdge Test Series # 10
Time : 3 Hours
Syllabus :
Physics : Full Syllabus, Chemistry : Full Syllabus, Mathematics : Full syllabus
Instructions :
Section - I
• Question 1 to 9 are multiple choice questions with only one correct answer. +3 marks will be awarded for correct
answer and -1 mark for wrong answer.
• Question 10 to 14 are multiple choice questions with one or more than one correct asnwer. +4 marks will be
awarded for correct answer and –1 mark for wrong answer.
• Question 15 to 20 are passage based single correct type questions. +4 marks will be awarded for correct answer and
-1 mark for wrong answer..
Section - II
• Question 21 to 22 are Column Matching type questions. +6 marks will be awarded for the complete correctly
matched answer and No Negative marks for wrong answer. However, +1 mark will be given for a correctly
marked answer in any row.
3. A over head tank of capacity 10 K liter (10000 liter)

PHYSICS is kept at top of building 15 m high. Water level is at
depth 5m from ground. Water falls in tank with
Questions 1 to 9 are multiple choice questions. Each 1
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of velocity 5 2 m/s. The tank has to filled in hr. If
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in 2
OMR sheet against the question number of that efficiency of pump is 67.5%, electric power used is
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct approximately -
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer. (A) 4 kW (B) 5 kW
(C) 2 kW (D) 2.5 kW
1. A particle is projected towards north with speed 20
4. There ia a sphere of radius 'R'. Let E1 and E2 be
m/s at angle 45º with horizontal. Ball get horizontal
gravitational field at distance r1 and r2 from centre-
acceleration of 7.5 m/s2 towards east due to wind.
(A) If r1 < R < r2 then E1 must be less than E2
Range of ball is -
(B) If r1 < r2 < R then E1 must be greater than E2
(A) 40 m (B) 70 m
(C) If R < r1 < r2 then E1 must be less than E2
(C) 50 m (D) 60 m
(D) If r1 = R – k and r2 = R + k (where k < R) E1 must
be greater than E2
2. A cylinder of mass m1 is kept over a block of mass m2
kept over smooth inclined plane shown in figure. 5. A block of mass m is placed at top of frictionless
Surface between cylinder and block is rough. Friction wedge of mass 'M' placed on frictionless surface as
on cylinder- shown in figure. Velocity of block on wedge at the
time it slips off the wedge is u. Velocity of wedge at
m1
that instant is -
m2
(A) is in upward direction θ

(B) is in downward direction mu m u cos θ
(C) is zero (A) (B)
M M
(D) will depend on angle of inclination and
coefficient of friction between cylinder and block m u cos θ m u cos θ
(C) (D)
m+M 2m + M

6. A rectangular plate is kept in y-z plane. Which of the (C) The two rods have same kinetic energy but linear
following is correct for this plate? kinetic energy of 'B' will be less than that of 'A'
(A) Iz = Ix + Iy (B) Iy = Ix + Iz (D) The kinetic energy of 'B' will depend on the
(C) Ix = Iy + Iz (D) All of these distance from centre where the mass hit
7. A glass of water is to be cooled using an ice-cube. 12. Which of the following is true, for a sample of gas
For which of following position water will be cooled according to kinetic theory of gases -
fastest - (A) Net velocity of the gas molecules is zero
(A) Ice is left floating (B) Net momentum of the gas molecules is zero
(B) Ice is kept just submerged in water (C) Net speed of the gas molecules is zero
(C) Ice is kept bottom of glass (D) Net kinetic energy of gas molecules is zero
(D) Water will be cooled at same rate no matter
where ice is kept 13. A cylinder is floating in a liquid kept in container.
Coefficient of cubical expansion of cylinder is 'γ'.
8. Shape of string carrying transverse wave at t = 0 and Expansion of liquid and container are negligible.
1 1 Upon increasing temperature -
t = 1 sec is given by y = 2 and y =
x +1 2
2x + 4x + 3 (A) Level of liquid in container will increase
respectively, where 'x' is distance in meter. Wave (B) Level of liquid in container will remain same
velocity is - (C) Volume of cylinder inside water will increase
(A) 1 m/s in positive x-direction (D) Volume of cylinder inside water will remain
(B) 2 m/s in negative x-direction same
(C) 1 m/s in negative x-direction
14. Length of kundt's tube is 1m. When tuning fork is
(D) 50 cm/ sec in negative x-direction
vibrated and brought near rod of the kundt's tube, the
9. A body of mass 200 gm is heated up. Graph shows powder keeps on moving. If velocity of sound is 320
change in temperature as heat is supplied to body. m, frequency of tuning fork cannot be -
Specific heat capacity of body is (in J/kg/ºC) – (A) 880 Hz (B) 900 Hz
(C) 960 Hz (D) 1040 Hz
This section contains 2 paragraphs; each has

∆H(in ºC)
3 multiple choice questions. (Questions 15 to 20) Each

30º ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in OMR
∆H(in kJ) sheet against the question number of that question. + 4
10 3 marks will be given for each correct answer and –1
(A) (B) 5 3 × 103 mark for each wrong answer.
3
(C) 3 × 103 (D) 3

question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of h
correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against the
given for each correct answer and –1 mark for each 2h
wrong answer.
10. A particle is moving along straight line with velocity A cylindrical container of cross-sectional area 'A' and
v = t2 – 3t + 2 m/s. Particle will retard for time t - height '5h' is kept at height '2h' above ground. It
(A) t < 1 (B) 1 < t < 1.5 contains a liquid of density '2ρ' till height 'h'. The
(C) 1.5 < t < 2 (D) t > 2 cylinder is filled with light piston as show in figure.
11. Two identical rods P and Q are placed on frictionless 15. Where should a hole is made in the container so that
horizontal surface. Two identical mass hit two rods liquid, strikes ground farthest ?
separately and comes at rest after hitting. Mass hits (A) At bottom of container
rod 'P' at its centre while rod 'Q' is hit by mass a little (B) At height h/3 above bottom of container
distance away from centre - (C) At height h/2 above bottom of container
(A) Rod P and Q will have same speed (D) Liquid will strike ground at same distance
(B) Q will have greater kinetic energy irrespective of position of hole

16. A block of mass M is kept over piston and hole is This section contains 2 questions (Questions 21, 22).
made at a distance 'h/2' from piston. Velocity of Each question contains statements given in two
efflux is - columns which have to be matched. Statements
M  (A, B, C, D) in Column I have to be matched with
(A) gh (B)  + h  g statements (P, Q, R, S) in Column II. The answers to
 ρA  these questions have to be appropriately bubbled as
 M   2M 
(C)  + h  g (D)  + h  g matches are A-P, A-S, B-Q, B-R, C-P, C-Q and D-S,
 2ρA   2ρA  then the correctly bubbled 4 × 4 matrix should be as
follows :
17. A liquid of density 'ρ' is poured in container till P Q R S
height h above container. Velocity of efflux from A P Q R S
hole at distance 'h/2' below piston is - B Q R
P S
3 C P Q R S
(A) 3gh (B) gh
2 D P Q R S
(C) 2 gh (D) gh
Mark your response in OMR sheet against the question
number of that question in section-II. + 6 marks will be
Passage # 2 (Ques. 18 to 20) given for complete correct answer and No Negative
C marks for wrong answer. However, 1 mark will be
A B 21. Column-I contains molar heat capacity for certain
l process for an ideal gas and column II contains
l corresponding processes. α,β and a are constant and
γ is adiabatic exponent. Match the correct one :
Column-I Column-II
D
A T- shape iron frame of mass m free to rotate in
α  αT 
(A) C = (P) V exp  –  = const.
vertical plane about one of its end as shown in figure. T  R 
The two rods AB and CD making T-shape are
identical. Initially the frame is in the position shown (B) C = CV + αT (Q) V – aT = const.
in figure. The frame is left to rotate freely in vertical
plane.  α ( γ – 1) 
(C) C = CV + βV (R)PVγexp  –  = const.
 PV 
18. Moment of inertia of frame about axis of rotation -
2ml 2 17 ml 2  R 
(A) (B) (D) C = CV + aP (S) T exp   = const.
3 12
 βV 
17 ml 2 5ml 2
(C) (D)
24 12 22. A horizontal plane support a vertical cylinder of
radius 20 cm and a disk of mass 2 kg is attached to
19. Angular acceleration of frame when rod AB is the cylinder by a horizontal thread of length π/5 m.
making angle 'θ' with vertical is - The disk can move frictionlessly on the table. An
18 sin θ 24 sin θ initial velocity 1 m/s is imparted to the disk. Consider
(A) .g (B) .g
17l 17l π
a situation when m length of string is wrapped
12 sin θ 9 sin θ 20
(C) .g (D) .g
5l 2l on cylinder.
Column-I Column-II
20. Force due to axis on frame when frame becomes π2
vertical - (A) Angular velocity of disk (P)
10
36 32 (in rad/sec)
(A) mg (B) mg
17 5 40
39 44 (B) Time taken (in sec) (Q)
(C) mg (D) mg 3π
17 17 π
(in wrapping meter)
20

20 5. If optical rotation produced by the compound (i) is
(C) Tension in string (in N) (R) –30°, then rotation produced by compound (ii) is
3π
CH3 CH3
7π 2
(D) Time taken (in sec) after (S) H OH H OH
160 (i) (ii)
which disk will hit cylinder HO H H OH
CH3 CH3
(A) + 30° (B) –30°
CHEMISTRY (C) zero (D) unpredictable
6. 16 mL of a gaseous aliphatic CnH3nOm was mixed
Questions 1 to 9 are multiple choice questions. Each with 60 mL O2 and sparked, the gas mixture on
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of cooling occupied 44 mL. After treatment with KOH
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in solution the volume of gas remaining was 12 mL.
OMR sheet against the question number of that Formula of compound is -
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct (A) C2H6O (B) C3H8O
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer. (C) CH4O (D) None of the above
1. If 0.5 mol of BaCl2 is mixed with 0.2 mol of Na3PO4, 7. Most stable free radical is
the maximum number of moles of Ba3(PO4)2 that can CH3
be formed is -
(A) 0.7 (B) 0.5 (A) (B)
(C) 0.30 (D) 0.10
2. If the threshold frequency of a metal for photoelectric (C) (D)

effect is v0 then which of the following will not
happen ?
(A) If frequency of the incident radiation is v0, the 8. At constant pressure P, A dissociates on heating
kinetic energy of the electrons ejected is zero. according to the equation
(B) If frequency of the incident radiation is v, the A(g) B(g) + C(g)
kinetic energy of the electrons ejected will be The equilibrium partial pressure of A at T K is 1/9 P,
hv – hv0 the equilibrium Kp at TK is
(C) If frequency is kept same at v but intensity is
8 64 16
increased, the number of electrons ejected will (A) P (B) P (C) P (D) 9 P
increase. 9 9 9
(D) If frequency of the incident radiation is further 9. Calculate the pH of 6.66 × 10–3 M solution of
increased, the number of photo-electrons ejected Al(OH)3. Its first dissociation is 100% where as
will be increase. second dissociation is 50% and third dissociation is
negligible.
3. Which of the following is violation of Pauli's (A) 2 (B) 12 (C) 11 (D) 13
exclusion principle ?
(A) (B) Questions 10 to 14 are multiple choice questions. Each
(C) (D) correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against the
4. The IUPAC name of compound wrong answer.
HO – C = O CH3 10. The IUPAC name of the following compound is -
NH2 – C ==== C ––– C – H is – OH
NH2 Cl
(A) 2, 3 diamino-4-chloro-2-pentenoic acid Br CN

(B) 4-chloro-3, 3-diamino-2-pentenoic acid (A) 3-Bromo-3-cyano phenol
(C) 3, 3–diamino-3-chloro-pentenoic acid (B) 3-Bromo-5-hydroxy benzonitrile
(D) All of the above (C) 3-Cyano-3-hydroxybromo benzene
(D) 5-Bromo-3-hydroxy benzonitrile

11. Which of the following is/are correct regarding the Passage # 1 (Ques. 15 to 17)
periodic classification of elements ? According to molecular orbital theory all atomic
(A) The properties of elements are the periodic orbital combine to form molecular orbital by LCAO
function of their atomic number (Linear combination of atomic orbital) method. When
(B) Non metals are lesser in number than metals two atomic orbitals have additive (constructive)
(C) The first ionization energies of elements in a overlapping, they form bonding molecular orbital
period do not increase with the increase in (BMO) which have lower energy than atomic orbitals
atomic numbers whereas when atomic orbitals overlap subtractively,
(D) For transition elements the d-subshells are filled higher energy antibonding molecular orbitals (AMO)
with electrons monotonically with the increase are formed. Each M.O. occupies two electrons with
in atomic number opposite spin. Distribution of electrons in M.O.
follows Aufbau principle as well as Hund's rule.
12. Identify the correct statements - M.O. theory can successfully explain magnetic
behaviour of molecules.
H C CH3
3
15. Which of the following is/are not paramagnetic ?

(A) NO (B) B2
(A) The compound fails to undergo
(C) CO (D) O2
COOH O
decarboxylation 16. Bond strength increases when
(B) A Grignard reagent can be successfully made (A) bond order increases
Br (B) bond length increases
from the following dibromide
(C) antibonding electrons increases
Br (D) bond angle increases
(C) Cyclopentan –1, 2– dione exists almost 100% in
the enol form whereas diacetyl (CH3COCOCH3) 17. O 22 – will have
can exist in the keto form as well as the enol form (A) bond order equal to H2 and diamagnetic
(D) Among the following resonance structure given (B) bond order equal to H2 but paramagnetic
below, (ii) will be the major contributor to the (C) bond order equal to N2 and diamagnetic
resonance hybrid. (D) bond order higher than O2
13. Which of the following are possible products from

aldol condensation of 6-oxoheptanal ? Passage # 2 (Ques. 18 to 20)
O CH3 O H
C C C
(Resolvable)
CH3 HBr,Peroxide
(A) (B)
A(C6H11Br)
O O Decolourise Br2 water and connot
CH3 be resolved
(C) (D)
alc. KOH HBr
a single possible B
product (Non-resolvable)
14. Which of the metal is/are used in flash bulbs?
E Zn,Heat
(A) Be (B) Mg
(C) Ca (D) Ba HBr,R2O2 D(C6H12)
(Excess)
O3;Zn,H2O
This section contains 2 paragraphs; each has O
3 multiple choice questions. (Questions 15 to 20) Each G ||
F CH3–C–CH3
Resolvable non-
resolvable
marks will be given for each correct answer and –1

18. Organic compound 'A' is – 21. Match the following :
Column -I Column-II
CH2Br (A) Compound show (P)
Br
Geometrical
(A) (B) isomerism
Me Me
CH2Br Br (B) Compound is chiral (Q) Me Me
H =C H
(C) (D) (C) Compound having (R) Me Me
C=C H
plane of symmetry H
19. The resolvable orgainc compound 'C' is – (D) Compound having (S) Me H
H Me
CH2Br centre of symmetry
Br
(A) (B) *
22. Column-I Column-II
Br Br
(Ionic species) (Shapes)
Br
(A) XeF5+ (P) Tetrahedral
(C) Br (D) (B) SiF5– (Q) Square planar
Br Br (C) AsF4+ (R) Trigonal bipyramidal
(D) ICl4– (S) Square pyramidal
•
• 20. The resolvable organic compound, G is –
MATHEMATICS
•
CH3 CH2CH3
Br CH3 H Br
(A) CH3 Br (B) Br H Questions 1 to 9 are multiple choice questions. Each
CH3 CH2CH3 question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in
OMR sheet against the question number of that
CH3 CH3 question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct
CH2Br CH answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer.
CH3 H H Br 1. If sinx + sin2x + sin3x = 1, then
(C) H CH3 (D) Br H cos6x– 4cos4x + 8 cos2x is equal to -
CH2Br CH3 (A) 0 (B) 2 (C) 4 (D) 8
This section contains 2 questions (Questions 21, 22). 2. A line meets the coordinate axes in A and B. A circle
Each question contains statements given in two is circumscribed about the triangle OAB. If m and n
columns which have to be matched. Statements are the distances of the tangent to the circle at the
(A, B, C, D) in Column I have to be matched with origin from the points A and B respectively, the
statements (P, Q, R, S) in Column II. The answers to diameter of the circle is
these questions have to be appropriately bubbled as (A) m(m + n) (B) m + n
illustrated in the following example. If the correct (C) n(m + n) (D) (1/2) (m + n)
then the correctly bubbled 4 × 4 matrix should be as 3. The line joining A(b cos α, b sin α) and B (a cos β,
follows : a sin β) is produced to the point M(x, y) so that
P Q R S α+β α +β
AM : MB = b : a, then x cos + y sin =
A P Q R S 2 2
Q R (A) –1 (B) 0
B P S
P Q (C) 1 (D) a2 + b2
C R S
D P Q R S
4. The equation
Mark your response in OMR sheet against the question x + 3 − 4 x −1 + x + 8 − 6 x − 1 = 1 has
number of that question in section-II. + 6 marks will be (A) no solution (B) only one solution
given for complete correct answer and No Negative (C) only two solution (D) more than two solutions
marks for wrong answer. However, 1 mark will be

5. Equation of the line of shortest distance between the 11. If the numerical value of tan (cos–1(4/5) + tan–1(2/3)
x y z x − 2 y −1 z + 2 is a/b then
lines = = and = = is - (A) a + b = 23 (B) a – b = 11
2 −3 1 3 −5 2
(C) 3b = a + 1 (D) 2a = 3b
(A) 3(x – 21) = 3y + 92 = 3z – 32
x − (62 / 3) y − 31 z + (31 / 3) 1 1  1 2 
(B) = = 12. Let E =  +  +  +  + ... upto 50 terms, then -
1/ 3 1/ 3 1/ 3  3 50   3 50 
(A) E is divisible by exactly 2 primes
x − 21 y − (92 / 3) z + (32 / 3) (B) E is prime
(C) = =
1/ 3 1/ 3 1/ 3 (C) E ≥ 30
(D) E ≤ 35
x − 2 y + 3 z −1
(D) = =
1/ 3 1/ 3 1/ 3 13. If PQ is a double ordinate of the hyperbola
x2 y2
6. The set of all x satisfying the equation 2
– = 1 such that OPQ is an equilateral
a b2
x log3 x
2
+ (log3 x ) 2 −10
= 1/x2 is triangle, O being the centre of the hyperbola. Then
the eccentricity e of the hyperbola, satisfies
(A) {1, 9} (B) {1, 9, 1/81}
(A) 1 < e < 2/ 3 (B) e = 2/ 3
(C) {1, 4, 1/81} (D) {9, 1/81}
(C) e = 3 /2 (D) e > 2/ 3
k
7. In a certain test there are n questions. In this test 2
students gave wrong answers to at least (n – k) 14. If z1, z2, z3, z4 are the vertices of a square in that order,
questions, where k = 0, 1, 2, ...... , n. If the total then
number of wrong answers is 4095, then value of n is (A) z1 + z3 = z2 + z4
(A) 11 (B) 12 (B) |z1 – z2| = |z2 – z3| = |z3 – z4| = |z4 – z1|
(C) 13 (D) 15 (C) |z1 – z3| = |z2 – z4|
(D) (z1 – z3)/(z2 – z4) is purely imaginary
8. Equation of the locus of the pole with respect to the
This section contains 2 paragraphs; each has
x2 y 2
ellipse + = 1, of any tangent line to the 3 multiple choice questions. (Questions 15 to 20) Each
a2 b2 question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which
x2 y 2 ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in OMR
auxiliary circle is the curve 4 + 4 = λ2 where sheet against the question number of that question. + 4
a b
2 2 marks will be given for each correct answer and –1
(A) λ = a (B) λ = 1/a2
2
2
(C) λ = b 2
(D) λ2 = 1/b2
9. The number of values of x ∈[0, nπ], n ∈ I that satisfy In ∆ABC, a = 14, b = 15, c = 13, P be a point with in
log|sinx|(1 + cos x) = 2 is the triangle such that ∠PAB = ∠PBC = ∠PCA = α
(A) 0 (B) n (C) 2n (D) none m
and tan α = , where m and n are relatively prime
n
Questions 10 to 14 are multiple choice questions. Each positive integers. Let PA = x, PB = y, PC = z
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE THAN ONE) is 15. The area of triangle ABC is
correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against the 1 1
question number of that question. + 4 marks will be (A) sin α (cx + ay + bz) (B) (x2 + y2 + z2) tan α
2 2
wrong answer. 1
(C) (xy + yz + zx) (D) None of these
2
10. If x2 + 2hxy + y2 = 0 represents the equations of the
straight lines through the origin which make an angle 16. tan α must be equal to
α with the straight line y + x = 0, then ∆ 2∆
(A) 2 (B) 2
1+ h 2
a +b +c 2
a + b2 + c2
(A) sec 2α = h (B) cos α =
2h 4∆
(C) 2 (D) None of these
1+ h 1+ h a + b2 + c2
(C) 2 sin α = (D) cot α =
h h −1

17. m + n must be equal to 22. If a and b are two units vectors inclined at angle α to
(A) 461 (B) 463 (C) 465 (D) 365 each other then
Column –I Column-II
A(3, 7) and B(6, 5) are two points. 2π
(A) |a + b| < 1 if (P) <α<π
C : x2 + y2 – 4x – 6y – 3 = 0 is a circle. 3
18. The chords in which the circle C cuts the members of (B) |a – b| = |a + b| if (Q) π/2 < θ ≤ π
the family S of circles through A and B are (C) |a + b| < (R) α = π/2
2
concurrent at
(A) (2, 3) (B) (2, 23/3) (D) |a – b| < 2 (S) 0 ≤ θ < π/2
(C) (3, 23/2) (D) (3, 2)
19. Equation of the member of the family S which bisects

the circumference of C is Interesting Science Facts
(A) x2 + y2 – 5x – 1 = 0
(B) x2 + y2 – 5x + 6y – 1 = 0 • The dinosaurs became extinct before the Rockies
(C) x2 + y2 – 5x – 6y – 1 = 0 or the Alps were formed.
(D) x2 + y2 + 5x – 6y – 1= 0
• Female black widow spiders eat their males after
20. If O is the origin and P is the centre of C, then mating.
difference of the squares of the lengths of the
tangents from A and B to the circle C is equal to • When a flea jumps, the rate of acceleration is 20
(A) (AB)2 (B) (OP)2 times that of the space shuttle during launch.
2 2
(C) |(AP) – (BP) | (D) None of these
• The earliest wine makers lived in Egypt around
This section contains 2 questions (Questions 21, 22). 2300 BC.
Each question contains statements given in two
columns which have to be matched. Statements • If our Sun were just inch in diameter, the nearest
(A, B, C, D) in Column I have to be matched with star would be 445 miles away.
statements (P, Q, R, S) in Column II. The answers to
these questions have to be appropriately bubbled as • The Australian billy goat plum contains 100
illustrated in the following example. If the correct times more vitamin C than an orange.
then the correctly bubbled 4 × 4 matrix should be as • Astronauts cannot belch - there is no gravity to
follows : separate liquid from gas in their stomachs.
P Q R S
• The air at the summit of Mount Everest, 29,029
A P Q R S feet is only a third as thick as the air at sea level.
B P Q R S
C P Q R S • One million, million, million, million, millionth
D P Q R S of a second after the Big Bang the Universe was
the size of a …pea.
Mark your response in OMR sheet against the question
number of that question in section-II. + 6 marks will be • DNA was first discovered in 1869 by Swiss
given for complete correct answer and No Negative Friedrich Mieschler.
marks for wrong answer. However, 1 mark will be
given for a correctly marked answer in any row. • The molecular structure of DNA was first
21. Value of x when determined by Watson and Crick in 1953.
Column-I Column-II
(A) 52 54 56 ... 52x = (0.04)–28 (P) 3 log3 5 • The thermometer was invented in 1607 by
1 1 1  Galileo.
log 5  + + +... 
2  4 8 16 
(B) x = (0.2) (Q) 4
• Englishman Roger Bacon invented the
1 1 1 
log 2.5  + 2 + 3 +...  magnifying glass in 1250.
 3 3 3 
(C) x = (0.16) (R) 2
(D) 3x–1 + 3x–2 + 3x–3 + ... (S) 7
 1 1 
= 2  5 2 + 5 + 1 + + 2 + ...
 5 5 

MOCK TEST-3
CBSE BOARD PATTERN
CLASS # XII
SUBJECT : PHYSICS , CHEMISTRY & MATHEMATICS
So lu tions pub lish ed in s ame is su e
General Instructions : Physics & Chemistry
• Time given for each subject paper is 3 hrs and Max. marks 70 for each.
• All questions are compulsory.
• Marks for each question are indicated against it.
• Question numbers 1 to 8 are very short-answer questions and carrying 1 mark each.
• Question numbers 9 to 18 are short-answer questions, and carry 2 marks each.
• Question numbers 19 to 27 are also short-answer questions, and carry 3 marks each.
• Question numbers 28 to 30 are long-answer questions and carry 5 marks each.
• Use of calculators is not permitted.
General Instructions : Mathematics
• Time given to solve this subject paper is 3 hrs and Max. marks 100.
• All questions are compulsory.
• The question paper consists of 29 questions divided into three sections A, B and C.
Section A comprises of 10 questions of one mark each.
Section B comprises of 12 questions of four marks each.
Section C comprises of 7 questions of six marks each.
• All question in Section A are to be answered in one word, one sentence or as per the exact requirement of the question.
• There is no overall choice. However, internal choice has been provided in 4 questions of four marks each and
2 question of six marks each. You have to attempt only one of the alternatives in all such questions.
• Use of calculators is not permitted.
9. The given graph show the variation of photo electric

PHYSICS current (I) with the applied voltage (V) for two
different materials and for two different intensities
of the incident radiations. Identify the pairs of
1. Distinguish between ‘point to point’ and ‘broadcast’ curves that correspond to different materials but
communication modes. Give one example of each. same intensity of incident radiations.
2. Two identical prisms made of the same material I
placed with their bases on opposite sides (of the
incident white light) and faces touching (or parallel) 1
3
neither deviate nor disperse. Can this arrangement
produce a parallel displacement of the beam ? 2 4
3. What is the formula for the magnifying power of a
compound microscope ? V
4. Sketch two equipotential surfaces for a point charge. 10. Four nuclei of an element fuse together to form a
heavier nucleus. If the process is accompanied by
5. What are superconductors ?
release of energy, which of the two-the parent or the
6. Draw a labelled diagram of Hertz' experiment for daughter nucleus would have a higher binding
producing E.M. waves. energy/nucleon ?
7. What is the phase difference between voltage and 11. Zener diodes have higher dopant densities as
current in a series LCR circuit at resonance compared to ordinary p-n junction diodes. How does
connected with an AC source ? it effects the
8. Explain the difference between ‘Hard’ and ‘Soft’ (i) Width of the depletion layer ?
(ii) Junction field ?
X-rays.

12. Oil floating on water looks coloured due to 23. The self inductance of a solenoid is 5 mH and
interference of light. What should be the current flowing in it depends on time t as i = t2.
approximate thickness of the film for such effects to (where i → In Amp., t → In second). Find induced
be visible ? emf in it at t = 4 s.
13. Draw a graph showing the variation of intensity with 24. Derive an expression for magnetic field inside a
angle in a single slit diffraction experiment. long solenoid.
14. A parallel plate air filled capacitor has capacitance 5
25. What is Wheatstone bridge ? Deduce the condition
µF. If plate separation made twice and whole space
for which Wheatstone bridge is balanced.
is filled with medium, capacitance becomes 20 µF.
Find dielectric constant of the medium. 26. Explain the differences between diamagnetic,
paramagnetic and ferromagnetic substances.
15. Suppose you have two bars of identical dimensions,
one made of paramagnetic substance and the other 27. Describe the method to obtain Reverse Bias
of diamagnetic substance. If you place these bars characterstics of a P-N junction diode. Define
along a uniform magnetic field, show reverse resistance. Draw necessary circuit diagram
diagramatically, what modifications in the field and also the reverse characterstic curve.
pattern would take place in each case.
28. A student has to study the input and output
16. In a plane e.m. wave, the electric field oscillates characteristics of a n-p-n silicon transistor in the
with a frequency of 2 × 1010s–1 and an amplitude of Common Emitter configuration. What kind of a
40 Vm–1. (i) What is the wavelength of the wave and circuit arrangement should she use for this purpose ?
(ii) What is the energy density due to the electric Draw the typical shape of input characteristics likely
field ? to be obtained by her. What do we understand by the
17. A solenoid has self-inductance 2 mH and current in cut off, active and saturation states of the transistor?
it is 5 amp. Find magnetic energy stored in it. In which of these states does the transistor not
remain when being used as a switch ?
18. Find power factor of the adjacent circuit. OR
L = 30 mH Input signals A and B are applied to the input
R=4Ω terminals of the ‘dotted box’ set-up shown here. Let
Y be the final output signal from the box.
Draw the wave forms of the signals labelled as
~ C1 and C2 within the box, giving (in brief) the
V = 200 2 sin 100 t reasons for getting these wave forms, Hence draw
19. Experimental observations have shown that X-rays the wave form of the final output signal Y. Give
(i) travel in vacuum with a speed of 3 × 108 ms–1, reasons for your choice.
(ii) exhibit the phenomenon of diffraction and can What can we state (in words) as the relation between
the polarized. the final output signal Y and the input signals A and
What conclusion can be drawn about the nature of B?
X-rays from each of these observations ? u1
A
1
20. A radioactive material is reduced to of its
16
0 1 2 3 4
original amount in 4 days. How much material
should one begin with so that 4 × 10–3 kg of the
material is left after 6 days.
21. Why are apertures of camera lenses so small while
the apertures of telescopes are as large as feasible ? B
22. In adjacent circuit, if current in 5 Ω resistance is

zero, find resistance R. 0 1 2 3 4
R
1Ω 6Ω B
5Ω A
C1
10Ω 20Ω
B C2
12V

29. Draw a labelled ray diagram of an astronomical 16. Name the purine and pyrimidine bases in DNA and
telescope. Write mathematical expression for its RNA .
magnifying power. How does the magnifying power
17. What are detergents. Give a example of Cationic &
get affected on increasing the aperture of the
Anionic detergents
objective lens and why ?
18. A sweet smelling organic compound 'A' is slowly
30. Derive an expression for the energy density of a
oxidised by air in the presence of light to a highly
capacitor.
poisonous gas. On warming with silver powder, it
OR
forms gaseous substance 'B' which is also formed by
An electric flux of –6 × 103 Nm2/C passes normally
the action of calcium carbide on water. Identify 'A'
through a spherical Gaussian surface of radius
and 'B' and write the equations of the reactions
10 cm, due to a point charge placed at the centre.
involved .
(i) What is the charge enclosed by the Gaussian
surface ? 19. (a) Gold (atomic radius = 0.144 nm) crystallises in a
(ii) If the radius of the Gaussian surface is doubled, face centred unit cell. What is the length of a side
how much flux would pass through the surface ? of the cell ?
(b) Classify each of the following as being either a
p-type or an n-type semiconductor
CHEMISTRY (i) Ge doped with In
(ii) Si doped with As.
1. Which of the following lattices has the highest 20. Two liquids A and B form ideal solution at 323 K. A
packing efficiency (i) simple cubic (ii) body liquid mixture containing one mole of A and two
centered cubic and (iii) hexagonal close packed moles of B has a vapour pressure of 250 bar. If one
lattice ? more mole of A is added to the solution, the vapour
2. What is meant by 'specific surface area' of a solid ? pressure increases to 300 bar. Calculate the vapour
pressures of liquids A and B at 323 K.
3. Give the IUPAC name of Li [AlH4]
21. (a) In which of the following does adsorption take
4 What is formula of siderite ore ? place and why ?
5. Name the monomer units of Bakelite (i) Silica gel placed in the atmosphere saturated
with water.
6. What are antiseptics. Give two example : (ii) Anhydrous CaCl2 placed in the atmosphere
7. What are basic amino acids. Give a example ? saturated with water.
(c) Give an example of shape-selective catalysis
8. Arrange the following in the order of their
increasing reactivity in nucleophilic substitution 22. Explain the order of basic character in hydrides of
reactions : nitrogen family ?
CH3F, CH3I, CH3Br, CH3Cl 23. Give structure of Cr2O72– ?
9. The half life for radioactive decay of 14C is 5730 y. 24. How will you convert ?
An archaeological artefact contained wood had only (i) Phenol to p-hydroxyazobenzene
80% of the 14C in a living tree. Estimate the age of (ii) Ethyl alcohol to methyl alcohol.
the sample.
25. Write the IUPAC name of the following :
10. What is the effect of temperature on the rate CH3 – O – C (CH3)3
constant of reaction ? How can this temperature
effect on rate constant ? Explain using collision 26. Give a suitable colour reaction test to distinguish
theory ? between
(i) 2-Pentanone and 3-Pentanone
11. Explain the following :- (ii) Acetone and acetaldehyde ?
(i) S.H.E.; (ii) Kohlrausch's law
27. An organic compound A(C3H6O) is resistant to
12. Why Actinides show much higher oxidation states oxidation but forms compound B(C3H8O) on
as compared to Lanthanides ? reduction which reacts with HBr to form the
13. How group I radicals like Ag+ and Hg22+ are bromide (C). C forms a Grignard reagent which
seperated by complex formation with NH4OH ? reacts with A to give D (C6H14O). Give the
structures of A, B, C and D and explain the reactions
14. What is Roasting ? involved.
15. Give the structure and monomer units of
biodegradable polymer PHBV ?

28. (a) What are ideal and non-ideal solutions ? What a + b 2  6 2 
8. If  = 5 8  find a, b.
type of non-idealities are exhibited by
 5 ab  
cyclohexane-ethanol and acetone-chloroform
mixtures ? Give reasons for your answers. 9. Find matrix X and Y if
(b) A solution containing 30 g of a nonvolatile 5 2  3 6 
solute exactly in 90g water has a vapour pressure X+Y=   , X –Y= 0 − 1
of 2.8 kPa at 298 K. Further 18 g of water is then 0 9   
added to solution, the new vapour pressure 10. Using determinant, find k so that points
becomes 2.9 kPa at 298 K. Calculate, (k, 2 –2k), (–k + 1, 2k) and (– 4 – k, 6 –2k) are
(i0 Molecular mass of the solute; collinear.
(ii) Vapour pressure of water at 298 K.
29. Give structure of :- Section B
(a) Hypophosphorus acid (b) Pyrophosphoric acid
(c) Dithionic acid (d) Marshall acid
(e) Hypophosphoric acid 11. In two successive throws of a pair of dice, determine
the probability of getting a total of 8, each time.
30. (a) An optically inactive compound (A) having
molecular formula C4H11N on treatment with HNO2 12. If f : R → R is given by
gave an alcohol (B). (B) on heating at 440 K gave an f(x) = sin2 x + sin2(π/3 + x) + cos x . cos (π/3 + x) ∀
alkene (C). (C) on treatment with HBr gave an x ∈ R. g : R → R be such that g(5/4) = 1 then prove
optically active compound (D) having the molecular that gof is constant function.
formula C4H9Br. IdentifyA, B, C and D and write
 x 2 + ax + b , 0 ≤ x < 2
down their structural formulae. Also write equations 
involved. 13. f(x) =  3x + 2 , 2≤ x≤4
(b) Explain why Alkyl amines are stronger bases  2ax + 5b , 4 < x ≤ 8
than arylamines. 
f(x) is continuous on [0, 8] then find a, b.
MATHEMATICS 14. y = tan–1 (sec x + tan x) then find

dy
dx
;
π π
Section A where – <x< .
2 2
1. Show that relation R on the set A = {1, 2, 3} given
 1+ x2 − 1− x2 
by R = {(1, 2), (2, 1)} is symmetric but neither 15. Differentiate tan–1   w.r.t,cos–1 x2
reflexive nor transitive.  1+ x2 + 1− x2 
 
dy
2. If x2/3 + y2/3 = a2/3 then find . 16. The two equal sides of an isosceles triangle with
dx fixed base b are decreasing at the rate of
3 cm/sec. How fast is the area decreasing when the
∫ cos
3
3. Evaluate x e log sin x dx .
two sides are equal to the base.
OR
dy Use lagrange's Mean Value theorem to determine a
4. Solve : (x + y)2 = a2
dx
point P on the curve y = x − 2 where the tangent is
5. The projection of a vector on the coordinate axes are parallel to the chord joining (2, 0) and (3, 1).
6, –3, 2. Find its length and direction cosines.
6. Find the values of x for which the angle between the 2x
r r
vectors a = 2x2 iˆ + 4x ĵ + k̂ and b = 7 iˆ –2 ĵ + x k̂ is
17. Evaluate ∫ 1− x2 − x4
dx
obtuse. OR
7. A plane meets the coordinate axes in A, B, C such 2 + sin x x / 2
that the centroid of triangle ABC is the point
Evaluate : ∫ 1 + cos x
.e .dx
(p, q, r). Show that the equation of the plane is
x y z
+ + = 3.
x2 + 4
p q r 18. Evaluate ∫x 4
+ 16
dx

dy 3
19. Solve : –2y = cos 3x.
dx
r
28. ∫
Evaluate ( x 2 + 5 x) dx , by first principle method
1
r
20. For any two vectors a and b , show that OR
r r r r
(1 + | a |2) (1 + | b |2) = {(1 – a . b )}2 1
r r r r
∫e
x
+ | a + b + ( a × b )|2 Evaluate dx by first principle method
−1
21. Find the foot of the perpendicular from the point
x+3 y −1 z+4 29. There is a factory located at each of two places P
(0, 2, 3) on the line = = . Also, and Q. From these locations, a certain commodity is
5 2 3
delivered to each of the three depots situated at A, B
find the length of the perpendicular.
and C. The weekly requirements of the depots are
OR
respectively 5, 5 and 4 units of the commodity while
Find the particular solution of the differential the production capacity of the factories at P and Q
dx are 8 and 6 units respectively. The cost of
equation + y cot x = 2x + x2cot x, x ≠ 0 given
dy transportation per unit is give below.
π
that y = 0, when x = From
2 To COST (In Rs.)
A B C
1 x yz 1 x x2 P 16 10 15
22. Show that 1 y zx = 1 y y2 Q 10 12 10
1 z xy 1 z z2 How many units should be transported from each
factory to each depot in order that the transportation
and hence factorize. cost is minimum. Formulate the above as a linear
OR programming problem.
If a, b and c are real numbers and
OR
b+c c+a a+b A brick manufacturer has two depots, A and B, with
c+a a+b b+c = 0 stocks of 30,000 and 20,000 bricks respectively. He
a+b b+c c+a receives orders from three builders P, Q and R for
15, 000, 20,000 and 15000 bricks respectively. The
Show that either a + b + c = 0 or a = b = c. cost in Rs. transporting 1000 bricks to the builders
from the depots are given below.
Section C From P Q R
To
23. Two persons A and B throw a die alternately till one A 40 20 30
of them gets a 'six' and wins the game. Find their B 20 60 40
respectively probabilities of winning.
How should the manufacturer fulfill the orders so as
24. Find the area bounded by the curves y = x and
to keep the costs of transportation minimum?
y = x3.
25. Find the shortest distance between the lines
x −1 y − 2 z − 3 x −2 y − 4 z −5
= = and = = .
2 3 4 3 4 5
• Pluto lies at the outer edge of the planetary
1 − 2 0  system of our sun, and at the inner edge of the
26. If A = 2 1 3 , find A–1. Using A–1, solve the Kuiper Belt, a belt of icy comets that are the
0 − 2 1 remnants of the formation of the solar system.
system of linear equations • Gamma ray bursts - mysterious explosions at
x – 2y = 10
2 x + y + 3z = 8 the edge of the Universe - were first detected in
–2y + z = 7 1969 by military satellites monitoring the Test
Ban Treaty.
27. Show that sinp θ cosq θ attains a maximum value
• Titan is the largest moon of Saturn and the
when θ = tan–1 p / q .(where p, q > 0)
second largest moon in the entire solar system.

MOCK TEST-2 (SOLUTION)
MOCK TEST– 2 (PAPER) PUBLISHED IN JANUARY ISSUE
OR
PHYSICS ∈0 A
=8
1. p = q × 2l d
It's a vector quantity ∈0 (5) A ∈ A
C' = = 10 × 0
d d
1 2
2. Sensitivity ∝
Potential gradient = 10 × 8 = 80
3. Gamma rays, X-rays, ultraviolet, Infrared 12. The region containing the uncompensated acceptor
and donor ions is called depletion region there is a
h h
4. λ= = barrier at the junction which opposes the movement
p 2mk of majority charge carriers.
∴ The proton will have a higher K.E. P N
(mass of proton is slightly less than that of the
–° –° –° – – + + + + +
neutron)
–° –° –° – – + + + + +
5. The ionization energy of silicon gets (considerably)
–° –° –° – – + + + + +
reduced compared to that of carbon. Silicon
(a semi-conductor), therefore, becomes a (much) –° –° –° – – + + + + +
better conductor of electricity than carbon (an
insulator)
Depletion region
6. (0 to t1), (t3 to t4)
7. No, when the refractive index of prism material is Formation of depletion region in PN junction
same as that of the surrounding, then there is no diode
dispersion. The physical distance from one side of the barrier
to the other is called the width of the barrier. The
1 width of the depletion region or barrier depends
8. As, P ∝ , so lens of smaller focal length is more
f upon the nature of the material. Its typical value is
powerful and more magnifying power. nearly 10–6 m. The difference of potential from one
side of the barrier to the other side is called
9. F = qvB sinθ potential barrier or height of the barrier. Its value is
(i) θ = 90°, Fmax = q v B nearly 0.7 V for a silicon PN junction and 0.3 V for
(ii) θ = 0°, 180°, F = 0 a germanium diode.
ig ×G 13. Reasons :
10. S=
i – ig (i) Size of antenna
(ii) Effective power radiated by the antenna
11. V1 = 2 V V2
14. The activity of a radioactive element at any instant,
6 µF 12 µF
equals its rate of decay at that instant. Its SI unit is
Becquerel (Bq) (= 1 decay per second)
dN log e 2
V Activity R = – = λN = N
dt T
12
V1 = 2 = ×V R1 N N N T
6 + 12 ∴ = 1 + 2 = 1 2
R2 T1 T2 N 2T1
V = 3 volt

15. µ 0 idy cos θ
=
Information Transmitter Transmission Receiver 4π (r ' ) 2
Source channel
∴ y = r tanθ
Message Transmitted Received
Signal Signal Signal
∴ dy = r sec2 θdθ
r r
16. The permitted stationary orbits for the electron in a and cosθ = ∴ r' = = r secθ
r' cos θ
hydrogen atom are those for which the angular
momentum of the electron is an integral multiple of µ 0 i (r sec 2 θ dθ) cos θ µ i
∴ dB = = 0 cosθ dθ
h/2π 4π (r sec θ) 2 4πr
h
m vn rn = n θ=π/ 2
2π µ i µ 0i
h
∴B= 0
4πr ∫ cos θ dθ = 2πr
∴ 2πrn = n θ= – π/ 2
mv
h 20. (a) τ = NiAB sin θ
But = λn the associated de Broglie
mvn here θ = 0
wavelength for electron in its nth orbit ∴τ=0
Hence 2πrn = n λn i
(b) F = evdB , vd =
or circumference of nth permitted orbit neA
= n × de Broglie wavelength
associated with the electron in the nth orbit. V0 R ε
21. (a) K = = ×
L R + r + Re xt L
17. For telescope, focal length & aperture of objective
has to be maximum i.e., lens A and eyepiece has to 20 5
= × (r = 0)
smaller focal length and smaller aperture i.e., lens 20 + 480 10
D. Then magnifying power will be maximum, i.e.
= 2 × 10–2 V/m
f 100
M.P. = 0 = = 20 (b) ∴ V = Kl = 2 × 10–2 × 6
fe 5
= 12 × 10–2 volt
and l = f0 + fe = 105 cm.
ρl
22. ∴R=
18. The interference pattern due to different component A
colours of white light makes interference pattern of
∴ If l = 1m, A = 1 m2
different colours and overlap on each other, so the
central fringe is white. As violet wavelength is ∴ R =ρ
minimum and red has maximum so violet fringes
are closer & red are farther. And there are different A
S.I. unit, ρ = R = ohm-metre
lines of different colours. l
ne 2 τ
ρ' =
19. m
i 23. (i) A → Capacitive circuit

r
P B → Inductive only
θ
y V
(ii) For device A ; i = =VωC
r' XC
90°–θ
∴I∝ω
dy
For device B :
V V
i= =
At point P XL ωL
µ 0 id y sin (90° – θ) 1
dB = ∴ I∝
4π (r ' ) 2 ω

24. Output not symmetric for A,B = (0,1) and 27. Directions of different minima in the diffraction
(1,0) Not gate in one input pattern are given by
(i) has three zeroes NOR gate x nλ
θn = n =
Thus D d
A nλD
Y or, xn =
B d
(ii) has three one's ⇒ OR gate Width of secondary maximum,
Thus n – (n – 1) λD
A β = xn – xn–1 = λD =
Y d d
B
width of central maximum,
2λ D
h h β0 = 2x1 = = 2β
25. λ= = d
p mv
Thus the central maximum is twice as wide as any
6.6 ×10 –34 secondary maximum
∴ λe = – 31 6
= 2.44 × 10–10 m
9 ×10 × 3 ×10 1
Again, β ∝
d
6.6 ×10 –34
λball = –2
= 2.2 × 10–34 m So, as slit width is increased, the secondary maxima
3 ×10 ×100 get narrower.
λe = size of atom, λball << size of ball 1
28. (a) fr =
2π LC
1  1 1 
26. ν= =R  –  (b) Z = R2 + ( X L – X C )2
λ  n2 n2 
 2 1 
At resonance, XL = Xc
1
R 970 Å ∴ Z =R
∴λ= =
 1 1 
 1 1  V V
 – 
 –  ∴ i= =
 n2 n2 
 n2 n2 
 2 1 
 2 1  Z R
Let us take n2 = 1 (Lyman series of hydrogen V 
(c) VR = irms R =   × R = V
spectrum) R
970 Å 970 Å 970 Å V
Here can take values , , ….. VL = irms XL = × XL
(3 / 4) (8 / 9) (15 / 16) R
970 Å V XC
........., VC = irms XC =
1 R
(corresponding to n1 = 2, 3, 4, …….. ∞) (d) The voltage across L,C,R are not in phase.
∴ Permitted values of λ are 1293.3 Å, 1091Å, OR
1034.6 Å, ………970 Å Ns
(i) = 100, NP = 100 ⇒ Ns = 100 Np = 10,000
Let us next take n2 = 2 (Balmer series of hydrogen Np
spectrum)
(ii) Vp = 220
Here λ can take values
Vp ip = 1100
970Å 970Å 970Å 970Å
, , , ……… 220 × ip = 1100
5 / 36 3 / 16 21 / 100 1/ 4
110
(Corresponding to n1 = 3, 4, 5 ……….∞ ) ip = = 5 Amp.
22
Possible values of λ are 6984 Å, 5173. 3Å, 4619 Å,
V N
…… 3880 Å (iii) s = s = 100
Vp Np
Hence λ = 824 Å, 1120Å, 2504 Å, 6100 Å, of the
given lines, cannot belong to the hydrogen atom Vs = 100 Vp = 100 × 220 = 22000 volt
spectrum. (iv) Vsis = Vpip
22000 is = 1100

1100 1 E
∴ is = = Amp.
22000 20
(v) Power in secondary Vsip = Vp is = 1100 W
O
+ –
v0
29. + – A P
E0
α
Ei B F0 B'' Fe B' β
K f0
u0 A'
A''
Due to dielectric, electric field between plates
D
decreased, so p.d. decreased, consequently L
capacitance increased
Magnifying power,
Net Electric field between plates
A' ' B ' '
E = E+ + E– tan β D A' ' B ' ' A' ' B' ' A' B'
σ σ M= = = = .
= + tan α PB' ' / D AB A' B' AB
2ε 0 K 2ε 0 K
 D v L  D
σ = me m0 = 1+  . 0 = – 1 + 
=  f e  u0 f 0  f e 
ε0 K
q
E=
ε 0 AK CHEMISTRY
∆U q
∴ =
d ∈0 AK 1. NCl5 is not found because nitrogen do not have
vacant d-orbitals
q ∈ KA ∈ KA
∴ = 0 ⇒C= 0
∆U d d 2. Ores of aluminium are :
(i) Bauxite ore : Al2O3. 2H2O.
30. A
(ii) Diaspore : Al2O3. H2O
δ1 e 3. Enzymes are protein natured specific biocatalyst

i r1 r2 δ2 which increases the rates of reaction by lowering
the energy of activation.
When light passes through a prism, it gets refracted 4. Coordination No. of

twice from its two non-parallel refracting surfaces B.C.C. = 8
such that net deviation is given by sum of H.C.P. = 12
deviations produced by each surface,
C.C.P = 12
δ = δ1 + δ2 S.C. = 6
= (i – r1) + (e – r2)
= i + e – (r1 + r2) M
5. K0 = 0.25
δ =i + e – A hr
x = K0t t = 30 min
At minimum deviation,
(a0 – at) = K0t
r1 = r2 = r (say) & i = e
a0 = 0.25 × 0.5 + 0.075 = 0.20 M
so, A = r1 + r2 = 2r ⇒ r = A/2
δ +A 6. Ca+2 + 2e– → Ca
δmin = 2i – A ⇒ i = min
2 2mol 1 mol
δ +A 1F → ½ mol = 20 g
sin  m 
sin i  2 
As, µ = = 7. In absorption association over the surface takes
sin r sin A / 2 place
∴ It is an exothermic process.

8. CH3Cl, Na, Dry ether; Wurtz Fittig reaction K2 Ea 1 1 
14. log =  − 
9. Carbon monoxide is poisonous as it combines with K1 2.303 R  T1 T2 
haemoglobin of blood forming
carboxyhaemoglobin due to which deficiency of
Ea  1 1 
ln 2 =  − 
oxygen occurs in blood. 2.303 × 8.30  300 310 
10. The principle oxidation state of lanthanides is +3. Ea  10 

0.3010 =  
However, some lanthanides also show oxidation 2.303 × 8.314  310 × 300 
state of +2 and +4.
Ea = 2.303 × 8.314 × 0.3010 × 31 × 300
For example, Eu shows oxidation state of +2 and
Cerium shows oxidation state of + 4 . = 53.598 kJ
11. Bayer's process is used when bauxite ore contains 15. E 0Ag + / Ag = 0.80 V E 0Zn +2 / Zn = 0.76 V
ferric oxide as chief impurity.
The powdered ore is first roasted at low E0cell = E 0Ag + / Ag – E 0Zn +2 / Zn
temperature to convert ferrous oxide into ferric
oxide. It is then digested with a concentrated = 0.8 – (–0.76) = 1.56 V
solution of sodium hydroxide.
∆Gºr = –nF Eºcell
The aluminium oxide dissolves in caustic soda
(NaOH) forming soluble sodium metal aluminate = – 2 × 96500 × 1.56; = – 301.08 kJ
(NaAlO2) while ferric oxide and silica remains
insoluble and settle down. These are removed by 16.
filtration. Porous C-electrode NaOH + KOH
Al2O3 . 2H2O + 2NaOH → 2NaAlO2 + 3H2O Impregnated Cathode
with Pt or Ni ⊕
(soluble)
The sodium metaaluminate solution is agitated and H2 O2
it undergoes hydrolysis with formation of Al(OH)3 (5atm) (5atm)
as precipitate.
NaAlO2 + 2H2O → NaOH + Al(OH)3
Anode
(Precipitate)
The precipitate is washed and dried Chemical rxn
At anode
12. (i)Colligative Properties : The properties which
depends upon no. of particles but do not depends H2(g) + 2OH¯ → 2H2O(g) + 2e¯
upon nature of particles are called colligative At cathode
properties.
1
(ii) Reverse Osmosis : When we apply pressure O2(g) + H2O(l) + 2e– → 2OH¯ (aq)
greater than osmotic pressure on the conc. side of 2
the two solution which are separated by 1
semipermeable membrane. This results in overall rxn H2(g) + O2(g) → H2O(l)
2
movement of solvent molecules from high conc. to
low conc.
use : purification of water 17. C 6 H 5 NH 2 → C 6 H 5 N 2 + Cl – → C 6 H 5 I
(X) (Y) ( Z)
13. The minimum additional energy which is required
by the reactant molecule to participate in the 18. (i)
chemical rxn is called activation energy. Catalyst
reduces the activation energy as it offer an O
additional path to the chemical rxn with rise in C2H5Br
Mg
C2H5MgBr C2H5 – CH2 – CH2MgBr
temperature the activation energy is not affected but ether
more and more molecules will have that minimum H 2O / H +
energy which is required to participate in chemical
rxn CH3CH2CH2CH2OH
Butan-1-ol

CH3 (ii) Bacteriostatic – These stop the growth of
(ii) bacteria
CH3MgBr + CH3 – C – CH3 CH3 – C – CH3 Ex – Chloremphenicol, Erythromycin
Methyl magnesium O OMgBr 24. Edge of unit cell a = 288 × 10–10 cm.
bromide Propanone
V = a3 = 23.9 × 10–24 cm3
H2O / H+
CH3 Z M
d= ×
Br a3 NA
CH3 – C – CH3 + Mg
2 × 52
OH 7.2 =
OH 23.9 × 10 −24 × N A
2-Methylpropan-2-ol 2 × 52
NA = = 6.04 × 1023
19. The preparation of K2Cr2O7 from chromite ore is 23.9 × 10 – 24 × 7.2
given in following steps :
Step – I : Preparation of sodium chromite : 25. (a) p 0H 2O = 12.3 kPa
4FeCr2O4 + 16NaOH + 7O2
In 1 molal solution
→ 8Na2CrO4 + 2Fe2O3 + 8H2O
nB 1000
Step – II : Conversion of sodium chromate into sodium m= nB = 1 n H 2O = = 55.5
dichromate : w Kg 18
2Na2CrO4 + H2SO4 → Na2Cr2O7 + Na2SO4 + H2O 55.5
x H 2O = = 0.982
Step – III : Conversion of sodium dichromate into 55.5 + 1
potassium dichromate.
p = 0.982 × 12.3 = 12.08 kPa
Na2Cr2O7 + 2KCl → K2Cr2O7 + 2NaCl
on increasing pH value, dichromate ions (Cr2O72–) v.p. of solution pA = 0.8 p 0A
get converted into chromate ions (CrO42–). (b) let mass of solute be W g
20. (i) [CoCl2(en)2] Cl W
moles of solute =
Dichloridobis (ethane –1, 2–diamine) cobalt (III) 40
chloride. 114
(ii) Potassium tetrahydroxozincate (II) moles of octane n0 = =1
114
(iii) Tetraammine aqua chloridocobalt (III) chloride W
xB = 40
21. Polymers are macro molecules with number of W
repeating units called monomers 40 + 1
O O W
∆p p 0A – 0.8p 0A 40
= xB =
p 0A p 0A W
Terylene –( O – CH2 – CH2 – O – C – – C )–n 40 + 1
0.2 × 40
Nylon 6, 6 ( HN – (CH2)6 – NH – CO – (CH2)4 – ⇒ W=
0.8
= 10 g
CO )n
26. (a) The associative colloide is that colloide which is
22. Dissaccharide are sugar containing two form due association of large no. of particles. These
monosaccharide unit particles form true solution at lower conc. but as
(i) maltose = αD Glucose + αD Glucose conc. became greater than C.M.C. (critical micelles
conc.) their association results in the formation of
(ii) Sucrose = αD Glucose + βD Fructose
colloidal solution Ex. Soap, detergents
(iii) Lactose = βD Galactose + βD glucose
(b) Hardy-Schulz rule states that for the coagulation
23. Antibiotics are naturally produced chemical of colloidal solution active ions are required and
substances which kill or arrest the growth of active ions are those ions which are having opposite
bacteria charge more is the charge greater will be the
coagulation tendency.
(i) Bactericidal – These kill bacteria
Ex – Penicillin, Ofloxacin

(c) Cellophane bag
O
H2O
H2O
30. Formic acid H – C – OH contains both an
⊕
Dialysis is a phenomenon in which removal of aldehyde –C=O as well as carboxyl

dissolved impurities from the colloidal solution by
means of diffussion through a suitable group – C – OH but acetic acid contain
semipermeable membrane.
In this process colloidal solution is placed in O
cellophane bag and impurities get removed through
small pores of the bag. To enhance the removel of only a carboxyl group. Formic acid behaves as
electrolyte it is placed in electric field which is reducing agent whereas acetic acid does not.
called electro – dialysis. (a) Formic acid reduces Tollen's reagent to
metallic silver but acetic acid does not.
27. (a)The reactivity of aldehydes and ketones toward
nucleophilic addition depends upon (i) + I effect (ii) HCOOH + 2[Ag(NH3)2]+ + 2(OH)¯
steric hinderance. Hence the order is Di-tert butyl Tollen's reagent
ketone < methyl-tert-butyl ketone < Acetone <
Acetaldehyde
2Ag ↓ + CO2 ↑ + 2H2O + 4NH3
(b) The acidic strength depends upon (i) nature of + Silver mirror
I effect (ii) nature of atom / group attached (iii)
No silver mirror is formed with acetic acid.
position of substituent on the chain. Hence,
(CH3)2CHCOOH < CH3CH2CH2COOH < (b) Formic acid reduced Fehling solution to red ppt.
CH3CH(Br)CH2COOH < CH3CH2CH(Br)COOH of Cu2O but acetic acid does not.
(c) 4-Methoxy benzoic acid < Benzoic acid < 4- HCOOH+2Cu2+ + 4(OH)¯ → Cu2O ↓ + CO2 ↑ + 3H2O
Nitrobenzoic acid < 3, 4-Dinitrobenzoic acid Fehling solution Red ppt (cuprous oxide)
28. Hydrolysis of trichlorosilanes gives cross – linked

silicones. MATHEMATICS
R R
Section A
Cl – Si – Cl + 3H2O HO – Si – OH
–3HCl
1. tr (A) = a11+a22+a33
Cl OH
= 14 + (–5) + (–2) ⇒ = 14 – 7 = 7
R R
2. x + 10 = 3x + 4 and y2 + 2y = 3 and y2 –5y = –4
R -- O – Si – O – Si – O -- ⇒ 2x = 6 ⇒ (y +3) (y – 1) = 0 y2 – 5y + 4 = 0
⇒ (y – 4) (y – 1) = 0
n HO – Si – OH –(n–1) H O O O ⇒x=3 ⇒ y = –3, 1 y = 1, 4
2
⇒ x = 3, y = 1
-- O – Si – O – Si – O --
OH 3. sin 10° cos 80° – sin 80° (–cos 10°)
R R = sin 10° cos 80° + sin 80° cos 10°
Cross linked silicon = sin (10 + 80)° = sin 90° = 1
29. A is C6H5CONH2 ; B is C6H5CN; C is C6H5CH2OH 4. Diff. w.r. to x
the sequence of reactions is
dy  dy 
P2O5 Red ex + ey = ex+y 1 + 
C6H5CONH2 C6H5CN C6H5CH2NH2 dx  dx 
–H2O
Benzamide Benzonitrile Benzylamine dy
⇒ (ey – ex+y) = ex+y – ex
–N2 – H2O HNO2 dx
Oxide dy e x (e y − 1)
C6H5COOH C6H5CH2OH =
Benzoic acid
[O]
Benzyl alcohol
dx e y (1 − e x )

 3x − 2  ⇒ yetan x = tet – et + C
3 −2
3 f ( x) − 2  2x − 3  ⇒ yetan x = etanx (tan x –1) + C,
5. f(f(x)) = =
2 f ( x) − 3  3x − 2  which is the required solution.
2 −3
 2x − 3 
8. We have,
9x − 6 − 4x + 6 r r r r
= =x
6x − 4 − 6x + 9 ( a × b )2 = | a × b |2
r r r r
 x x ⇒ ( a × b )2 = {| a | | b | sin θ}2
 1 − 2 sin cos  r r r r
6. = ∫ ex 
 2 sin
2
2 x
2  dx

⇒ ( a × b )2 = | a |2 | b |2 sin2 θ
r r r r
 
 2  ⇒ ( a × b )2 = {| a |2 | b |2} (1 – cos2 θ)
r r r r r r
x 1 2 x x ⇒ ( a × b )2 = | a |2 | b |2 – | a |2 | b |2 cos2θ
= ∫e  cosec
 2 2
− cot  dx
2 r r r r r r r r r r
⇒ ( a × b )2 = ( a . a ) ( b . b ) – ( a . b ) ( a . b )
x 1 x dx r r r r
=– [Q a . b = | a | | b |cos θ]
∫ eII cotI 2 dx + 2 ∫ e cosec
x x 2
2 r r rr
r r 2 a . a a.b
⇒ (a ×b ) = r r r r
 x x 1 
= – cot .e x − ∫ − cosec 2 . e x dx  a .b b .b
 2 2 2  r
r
1 x 9. Let a = iˆ +2 ĵ + 3 k̂ and b = 3 iˆ –2 ĵ + k̂ . The vector
+
2 ∫ e x cosec 2
2
dx
area of the parallelogram whose adjacent sides are
r r r r
x 1 x represented by the vectors a and b is a × b .
∫e
x
= –ex cot – cosec 2 dx +
2 2 2
iˆ ˆj kˆ
1 x r r
∫
x 2
e cosec dx + C Now, a × b = 1 2 3
2 2
3 −2 1
x
= – ex cot +C
2 = (2 + 6) iˆ – (1 – 9) ĵ + (–2 – 6) k̂ = 8 iˆ +8 ĵ –8 k̂
dy r r
7. We are given that cos2 x + y = tan x So, area of the parallelogram = | a × b |
dx
dy = 8 2 + 8 2 + (−8) 2
⇒ + (sec2x)y = tan x . sec2 x ….(i)
dx
= 8 3 square units
This is a linear differential equation of the form
dy 10. We know that the angle θ between the line
+ Py = Q, where P = sec2 x and Q = tan x sec2 x r r r r r
dx r = a + λ b and the plane r . n = d is given by
r r
∴ I = I.F. = e ∫
2
sec x dx
= etanx b. n
sin θ = r r
| b || n |
Multiplying both sides of (i) by I.F. = e tan x , we get
r r
dy Here, b = iˆ – ĵ + k̂ and n = 2 iˆ – ĵ + k̂
etan x + sec2 x etanx. y = etanx. tan x sec2 x
dx
(iˆ − ˆj + kˆ). (2iˆ − ˆj + kˆ)
Integrating both sides w.r.t. x, we get ∴ sin θ =
12 + (−1) 2 + 12 2 2 + (−1) 2 + 12
∫e
tan x tan x 2
ye = . tan x sec x dx + C
2 +1+1 4 2 2
= = =
[Using : y (I.F.)= ∫ Q (I.F.) dx + C] 3 6 3 2 3
⇒ yetan x =
∫ teI IIdt + C, where t = tan x 2 2
t
⇒ θ = sin–1  
 3 
 
∫ e dt + C
t
⇒ yetan x = tet – [Integrating by parts]

Section B  2 θ 
–1
 2 sin 2 
y = tan  
11. R3 → R3 + R2, R1 → R1 + R2  2 sin θ cos θ 
 2 2 
a+b a+b − ( a + b)
1
∆= −c a+b+c −a y= tan–1 x
2
− (b + c) b+c b+c dy 1 1
= .
1 1 −1 dx 2 1 + x 2
= (a + b) (b + c) − c a + b + c − a dy 1/ 2 ×1/1 + x 2 1
∴ = 2
=
−1 1 1 dz 1/1 + x 2
R1 → R1 + R3 dx  1 dy  1
14. = a 1 − 2  = a 1 + 2 
0 2 0 dt  t  dt  t 
= (a + b) (b + c) . − c a + b + c − a  1   1
a 1 + 2  2 at t + 
−1 1 1 dy
= 
t  = a (t + 1) =  t
2
dx  1  a (t − 1)  1
−c −a a 1 − 2  at t − 
= (a + b) (b + c) (–2)  t   t
−1 1 dy x
=
= (a + b) (b + c). 2 (c + a) dx y
OR
12. A → Integer chosen is divisible by 6 xpyp = (x + y)p + q
B → integer chosen is divisible by 8 Take log on both sides
n (A) = 33, n (B) = 25, n (A ∩ B) = 8, n(S) = 200
p log x + q log y = (p + q) log (x + y)
P(A ∪ B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A ∩ B)
33 25 8 50 1 p q dy p+q dy 
= + – = = + . = 1 + 
200 200 200 200 4 x y dx x+ y dx 
OR p p+q dy  p + q q 
Let E : Candidate Reaches late or – =  − 
x x+ y dx  x + y y 
A1 = Candidate travels by bus
A2 : Candidate travels by scooter px + py − px − qx dy  py + qy − qx − qy 
or =  
A3 : Candidate travels by other modes of x( x + y ) dx  y( x + y) 
transport
py − qx dy  py − qx 
3 1 3 or =  
P(A1) = , P(A2) = , P(A3) = x dx  y 
10 10 5
1 1 y dy
P(E/A1) = , P(E/A2) = , P(E/A3) = 0 or =
4 3 x dx
∴ By Baye's Theorem
15. Let f(x) = logex, x ∈ [a, b]
P(A1/E) = P(A1 )P (E / A 1 )
↓
P(A 1 ) P(E / A1 ) + P(A 2 )P( E / A 2 ) + P(A 3 ) P(E / A 3 )
continuous & differentiable
3 1 f (b) − f (a )
× ∴ f ′(c) =
10 4 9
= = b−a
3 1 13 1 log b − log a
+ +0 =
40 30 c b−a
 1 + x 2 − 1 Qa<c<b
13. Let y = tan–1   z = tan–1 x 1 1 1
 x  ⇒ < <
  b c a
dz 1 1 log b − log a 1
put x = tan θ = ⇒ < <
dx 1 + x 2 b b−a a
1 − cos θ  b−a b−a
y = tan–1   ⇒ < log b – log a <
 sin θ  b a

16. Q differentiable at x = c 1 1
=
⇒ continuous at x = c 2
(1 − t ) (1 − 2t ) 2 (1 − y ) (1 − 2 y )
⇒ f(c) = f(c+) 1 A B
⇒ c2 = lim a(c + h) + b Let = + . Then,
h →0 (1 − y ) (1 − 2 y ) 1 − y 1 − 2 y
⇒ c2 = ac + b …(1) 1 = A (1 –2y) + B (1 – y) ….(i)
Now 1
Putting y = 1 and y = respectively in (i), we get A
f ′(c+) = f ′ (c–) 2
[ a ( c + h ) + b] − c 2 = –1 and B = 2
⇒ lim 1 −1 2
h →0 h ∴ = +
(1 − y ) (1 − 2 y ) 1− y 1− 2y
[(c − h) ] − c 2
2
= lim 1 1 2
h →0 −h ⇒ =– +
2 2 2
(ac + b) + ah − c 2 (1 − t ) (1 − 2t ) 1− t 1 − 2t 2
⇒ lim 1 dt
h →0 h
h 2 − 2ch
⇒I= ∫
4 (1 − t ) (1 − 2t 2 )
2
= lim
−h 1  1 
2
∫  − 1 − t
h →0
= 2
+  dt 2
c 2 + ah − c 2 4 1 − 2t 
⇒ lim = lim (2c – h) [From (1)]
h 1 1 2 1
∫ ∫
h →0 h →0
⇒I=– dt + dt
a = 2c …(2) 4 1− t2 4 1 − ( 2t ) 2
from (1), (2)
1 1 1+ t
a = 2c, b = – c2 ⇒I=– . log
4 2 1− t
1+1 1 1 1 + 2t
17. f(1) = =1 + . log +C
2 1 2 2 2 1 − 2t
1
2 1 1+ t 1 1 + 2t
2 ⇒I=– log + log +C
f(2) = = 1 8 1− t
2 4 2 1 − 2t
many-one function
1 1 + sin x 1 1 + 2 sin x
If n → odd natural number then 2n –1 is also odd ⇒ I = – log + log +C
number 8 1 − sin x 4 2 1 − 2 sin x
2n − 1 + 1
f(2n –1) = =n
2 19. We have,
If n → even natural number then 2n is also an even
natural number
I =∫ { tan θ + }
cot θ dθ
2n  1 
f(2n) = =n ⇒ I = ∫  tan θ +  dθ
2  tan θ 
⇒ f is onto function.
tan θ + 1
⇒ I =∫ dθ
18. We have, tan θ
sin x sin x Let tan θ = x2. Then,
I= ∫
sin 4 x
dx = ∫
2 sin 2 x cos 2 x
dx
d (tan θ) = d(x2)
sin x ⇒ sec2θ dθ = 2x dx
= ∫4 sin x cos x cos 2 x
dx
⇒ dθ =
2 x dx
=
2 x dx
=
2 x dx
1 1 1 cos x sec θ 1 + tan θ 1 + x 4
2 2
⇒I=
4 ∫ cos x cos 2 x dx = 4 ∫ cos 2
x cos 2 x
dx
x2 +1 2 x dx x2 +1
1 cos x
∴I= ∫ x2
.
1+ x4
=2 ∫x 4
+1
dx
⇒I= ∫
4 (1 − sin 2 x) (1 − 2 sin 2 x)
dx
1 + 1/ x 2
Putting sin x = t and cos x dx = dt, we get =2 ∫x 2
+ 1/ x 2
dx
1 dt
I= ∫
4 (1 − t 2 ) (1 − 2t 2 ) ⇒I=2
1 + 1/ x 2
∫ ( x − 1 / x) 2
dx
Let t2 = y. Then, +2

1 + 1/ x 2 y2 (2 − x) 2
=2 ∫ ( x − 1 / x) 2
+ ( 2 )2
dx ⇒
2
=–
2
+C
⇒ y2 = – (2 – x)2 + 2C … (ii)
du 2  u 
⇒I=2 ∫u 2
+ ( 2) 2
=
2
tan–1 
 2
 + C, This passes through (2, 3). Therefore,
9
9 = 0 + 2C ⇒ C =
1 2
where x – =u
x 9
Putting C = in (ii), we get
 x − 1/ x  2
⇒I= 2 tan–1   + C y2 = – (2 – x)2 + 9
 2 
This is the equation of required curve.
 x2 −1
⇒I= 2 tan–1  + C
21. We have,
 2x 
  r
(2 î + 6 ĵ + 27 k̂ ) × ( î + λ ĵ + µ k̂ ) = 0
 tan θ − 1 
⇒I= 2 tan–1   + C î ĵ k̂
 2 tan θ  r
OR ⇒ 2 6 27 = 0
2 2
( x + 1)( x + 4) 1 λ µ
∫ ( x 2 + 3) ( x 2 − 5)
dx r
⇒ (6µ –27λ) î – (2µ –27) ĵ + (2λ – 6) k̂ = 0
Consider ⇒ 6µ –27λ = 0, 2µ –27 = 0 and 2λ – 6 = 0
( x 2 + 1)( x 2 + 4) (t + 1)(t + 4) 27
= where t = x2 ⇒ λ = 3 and µ =
2 2 (t + 3)(t − 5) 2
( x + 3) ( x − 5)
7t + 19 22. The equation of a plane passing through the
=1+ intersection of the given planes is
(t + 3)(t − 5)
(4x – y + z –10) + λ(x + y – z –4) = 0
Consider
⇒ x(4 + λ) + y (λ –1) + z (1 –λ) –10 – 4λ = 0
7t + 19 A B This plane is parallel to the line with direction ratios
= +
(t + 3)(t − 5) t +3 t −5 proportional to 2, 1,1
1 27 ∴ 2(4 + λ) + 1(λ –1) + 1(1 –λ) = 0 ⇒ λ = – 4
A= ,B= Putting λ = – 4 in (i), we obtain
4 4 5y – 5z – 6 = 0
( x 2 + 1)( x 2 + 4) This is the equation of the required plane.
∴ ∫ (x 2
+ 3) ( x 2 − 5)
dx Now, length of the perpendicular from (1, 1, 1) on (ii)
is given by
1 dx 27 dx
= ∫ dx + 4 ∫ x 2
+3
+
4 ∫x 2
−5 d=
5 ×1 − 5 ×1 − 6
=
3 2
2
5 + (−5) 2 5
1  x  27 x− 5
=x+ tan–1   + log +c OR
4 3  3 8 5 x+ 5
Given line
x −1 3 − y z +1
20. Let P(x, y) be any point on the curve. The equation of = =
5 2 4
the normal at P (x, y) to the given curve is
1 x −1 y −3 z − (−1)
Y–y=– (X –x) … (i) or, = = ....(i)
dy / dx 5 −2 4
It is given that the normal at each point passes through is passing through (1, 3, –1) and has D.R. 5, –2, 4.
(2, 0). Therefore, (i) also passes through (2, 0). Putting Equations of line passing through (3, 0, –4) and
Y = 0 and x = 2 in (i), we get parallel to given line is
1 x−3 y−0 z+4
0–y=– (2 –x) = = ...(ii)
dy / dx 5 −2 4
dy Vector equations of line (i) & (ii)
⇒y =2–x
dx →
⇒ ydy = (2 – x) dx [On integrating both sides] r = iˆ + 3 ĵ – k̂ + λ(5 iˆ – 2 ĵ + 4 k̂ )

→
 h 
r = 3 iˆ – 4 ĵ + µ (5 î – 2 ĵ + 4 k̂ )   a + b h b − a 
→ →
= lim  2  . lim 2 sin  −  sin  
h →0 h
 sin  h →0  2 2   2 
∴ a 2 – a1 = 2 iˆ – 3 ĵ – 3 k̂
 2 
→
b = (5) 2 + (−2) 2 + (4) 2 a + b b − a 
= 2 sin   sin  2 
 2   
= cos a –cos b
= 45 = 3 5
[Q 2 sin A sin B = cos (A –B)
iˆ ˆj kˆ – cos (A + B)]
→  → →
Also b ×  a 2 − a1  = 5 − 2 4
  24. A → getting a white ball from 1st bag.
2 −3 −3 B → getting a black ball from 1st bag
C → getting a white ball from 2nd bag
= 18 iˆ + 23 ĵ – 11 k̂ D → getting a black ball from 2nd bag
→  → → 4 2 3 5
P(A) = , P(B) = , P(C) = , P(D) =
∴ b ×  a 2 − a1  = (18) 2 + (23) 2 + (11) 2 = 974 6 6 8 8
 
1
∴ Distance between two parallel lines. (A) P (both are white) = P(A). P(C) =
4
→  → → (B) P (one is white and one is black)
b ×  a 2 − a1  13
  974 = P(A). P(D) + P(B). P(D) =
= = units 24
→
45
b
25. Given curves are x2 + y2 = 16 and x2 = 6y
Solving these two equations
y
Section C
23. We have, D(0, 2) B(0, 4)
b
∫ f ( x) dx
a
(–2 3 , 2)C A(2 3 , 2)
x
O(0, 0)
= lim h[f(a) + f(a + h) + f(a+2h) +….+
h →0
f (a + (n –1)h)]
  h nh 
 sin  a + (n − 1)  sin  x2
2 2  x2 + = 16
= lim h   36
h →0  h  x4 + 36x2 –576 = 0
 sin 
 2  (x2 + 48) (x2 –12) = 0
  nh h  nh  x2 –12 = 0
 sin  a + −  sin 
2 2 2 
= lim h   x = ±2 3
h →0  h 
 sin  ∴y=2
 2  ∴ Required area = 2(area of shaded portion)
  b − a h   b − a  Reqd. area = 2[area of OADO + area of DABD]
 sin  a + −  sin  
2 4 
2 2   2 
= lim h  
h →0 
sin
h  0

∫ ∫
= 2  6 y dy + 16 − y 2 dy 


 2  2
 
[Q nh = b –a] 2 1 16 y 
4
=2  6 ( y 3 / 2 ) 02 +  y 16 − y 2 + sin −1  
 h   3 2 2 4  2 
 2  a + b h   b − a 
= lim  × 2 sin  −  sin    4 3 16π 
h →0
 sin h  2 2   2  =  +  sq. units
 2   3 3 

.

26. The given lines are Points (x, y) Value of the objective function
r
r = ( iˆ + 2 ĵ + 3 k̂ ) + λ (2 iˆ + 3 ĵ + 4 k̂ ) …(i) Z = 400x + 300y
r
and, r =(2 iˆ + 4 ĵ + 5 k̂ ) + 2µ (2 iˆ + 3 ĵ + 4 k̂ ) …(ii) A2 (120, 0) Z = 400 × 120 + 300 × 0 = 48,000
Equation (ii) can re-written as P (60, 30) Z = 400 × 60 + 300 × 30 = 33, 000
r B3(0, 150) Z = 400 × 0 + 300 × 150 = 45,000
r = (2 iˆ + 4 ĵ + 5 k̂ )+ µ′(2 iˆ + 3 ĵ + 4 k̂ ) …(iii)
Clearly, Z is minimum when x = 60, y = 30. Hence the
where µ′ = 2µ machine A should run for 60 days and the machine B
These two lines passes through the points having should run for 30 days to minimize the cost while
r r satisfying the constraints.
position vectors a1 = iˆ + 2 ĵ + 3 k̂ & a 2 = 2 iˆ +4 ĵ +5 k̂ y
respectively and both are parallel to the vector
r B3(0,150)
b =2 iˆ + 3 ĵ + 4 k̂ . 22x + 100y = 15000
r r r 300x + 400y = 20000 B2(0,60)
| (a 2 − a1 ) × b | • P(60,30)
∴ shortest distance = r …(iv) B1(0,50)
|b |
A2(120,0)
A3(75,0)
We have, O
• ••
A1  200 , 0 
• X
r r r  3  100x + 200y = 12000
( a 2 – a1 ) × b = ( iˆ + 2 ĵ + 2 k̂ ) × (2 iˆ + 3 ĵ + 4 k̂ )
−1 1
iˆ ˆj kˆ 28. A11 = = –3 + 2 = –1;
r r r −2 3
⇒ ( a 2 – a1 ) × b = 1 2 2
2 3 4 2 1
A12 = – = – (6 –1) = –5;
1 3
= (8 – 6) iˆ – (4 – 4) ĵ + (3 – 4) k̂ = 2 iˆ – 0 ĵ – k̂
r 2 −1
r r A13 = = –4 + 1 = –3;
⇒ |( a 2 – a1 )× b | = 4 + 0 + 1 = 5 and 1 −2
r
| b | = 4 + 9 + 16 = 29 1 1
r r A21 = – = – (3 + 2) = –5
r r −2 3
Substituting the values of |( a 2 – a1 ) × b | and | b | in
1 1
5 A22 = = 3 – 1 = 2;
(iv), we get shortest distance = 1 3
29
1 1
27. The given data may be put in the following tabular A23 = – = – (–2 –1) = 3
1 −2
form:
Refinery High grade Medium grade Low grade Cost per day 1 1
A31 = = 1 + 1 = 2;
A 100 300 200 Rs.400 −1 1
B 200 400 100 Rs.300
1 1
Minimum
12,000 20,000 15,000
A32 = – = – (1 –2) = 1
requirement 2 1
Suppose refineries A and B should run for x and y
1 1
days respectively to minimize the total cost. A33 = = –1 –2 = –3
The mathematical form of the above LPP is 2 −1
Minimize Z = 400x + 300y  − 1 − 5 − 3′  − 1 − 5 2 
Subject to
100x + 200y ≥ 12,000 ∴ adj A = − 5 2 3  = − 5 2 1 
300x + 400y ≥ 20,000  2 1 − 3  − 3 3 − 3
200x + 100y ≥ 15,000 Also |A| = 1 (–1) + 1 (–5) + 1(–3)
and, x, y ≥ 0 = –1 –5 – 3 = – 9 ≠ 0 ∴ A–1 exists.
The feasible region of the above LPP is represented by
the shaded region in fig.  −1 − 5 2 
adj A 1 
The corner points of the feasible region are A–1 = =– −5 2 1 
A2 (120, 0), P(60, 30) and B3(0, 150). The value of the |A| 9 
 − 3 3 − 3
objective function at these points are given in the
following table: The given system of equations can be written as

x   3 ∴ X = A–1 B
AX = B where X =  y  , B = 2 ∴ X = A–1 B x   18 − 68 − 38  12
1
 z  2 i.e.  y  = –  9 − 6 − 15   1 
  
72
 z   9 − 22 − 7   2 
x   − 1 − 5 2   3
  1 
i.e.  y  = – − 5 2 1  2  216 − 68 − 76  72 − 1
9 1   1    
 z   − 3 3 − 3 2 =– 108 − 6 − 30  = – 72 = − 1
72  72    
 108 − 22 − 14  72 − 1
 − 3 − 10 + 4  1
1 
= – − 15 + 4 + 2 = 1 ∴ x = –1, y = –1, z = –1
9
 − 9 + 6 − 6  1 29. 1st part D
Thus x = 1, y = 1, z = 1. OC = X
OR
R
−3 1 AC = R 2 − X 2 O
A11 = = 21 – 3 = 18 R
•
3 −7 DC = R + X R
X
1 1 Volume
A12 = – = – (–7 –2) = 9 A C B
1
2 −7 V= π(R2–X2) (R + X)
3
1 −3
A13 = =3+6=9 dV π 2
2 −3 = [R –2RX –3X2] = 0
dX 3
− 5 − 11
A21 = – = – (35 + 33) = – 68 ⇒ (R – 3X) (R +X) = 0
3 −7 ⇒ X = R/3 (Q R + X ≠ 0)
4 − 11 d 2V
A22 = = –28 + 22 = – 6, = π/3 (–2R –6X)
2 −7 dX 2
4 −5
A23 = – = –(12 + 10) = –22 d 2V 4
2 3 =– πR < 0 ⇒ maximum volume
dX 2 X=R / 3
3
− 5 − 11
A31 = = – 5 – 33 = – 38 Put X = R/3 in V, we have
−3 1 V = 8/27 (volume of sphere)
4 − 11 OR
A32 = – = – (4 + 11) = –15
1 1 f ′(x) = cos x – sin 2x = 0
4 −5 = cos x [1 –2 sin x] = 0
A33 = = –12 + 5 = – 7 ⇒ x = π/2, π/6
1 −3
Now
 18 9 9 ′ f ′′(x) = – sin x –2 cos 2x
∴ adj A =  − 68 − 6 − 22  =

f ′′(x)|x= π/2 = –1 + 2 = 1 > 0 minimum
 − 38 − 15 − 7  1 1 3
f ′′(x)|x = π/4 = – – 2   = – < 0
 18 − 68 − 38  2 2 2
 9 − 6 − 15  maximum
 
 9 − 22 − 7  1
∴ f(0) =
Also |A| = 4(18) + (–5) 9 + (–11)9 = 72 – 45 – 99 2
= 72 – 144 = –72 ≠ 0 ∴ A–1 exists. 1 1 1
f(π/2) = 1 –
= ⇒ minimum value =
 18 − 68 − 38  2 2 2
adj A 1 
∴A =–1
=–  9 − 6 − 15  1 1 1
f(π/6) = + × maximum value =
3
|A| 72 2 2 2 4
 9 − 22 − 7 
3
Further the given system of equations can be written as =
4
x  12
AX = B where X =  y  , B =  1 
 
 z   2 

ADAPTIVE TESTING
(An initiative by a2zExam.com)
What is Adaptive Testing?

Adaptive testing in the tertiary environment also has a long history as it has existed since the time of the oral examination,
and responding adaptively to students. This was totally lost in the “paper based fixed test for everyone”, because it was not
feasible to conduct oral test of each and every student in such a short time period. But due to the development in
technology, it is again possible to have adaptive testing for everyone. Computer Based Adaptive Testing is the way going
forward, as it gives the benefits of Adaptive Testing and also do not require too much resource.
Adaptive Testing Process:

• Computer Based-adaptive test (CAT) is a form of assessment where the level of the questions administered to
individual test-takers is dynamically tailored to their skill and knowledge levels.
• First set of Papers are fixed for each part of syllabus, student take this test and system judges the level of the
student based on their performance in this papers
• Next papers onward system creates the paper especially for the student based on the student’s performance in
previous papers.
• Thus, each paper adapted the students level and thus is known as adaptive testing
It is important to differentiate between online assessment tools, those readily delivered through learning management
systems, although having the advantages of collation and immediate results are fixed rather than dynamic, as they are not
adaptive.

Performance Analysis by Feedback Report:
• Analyze the bigger picture then go deep to find exact cause

Overall Paper’s Danger Zone Analysis: Danger zone analysis tells where the student lies out of three zone
viz. Danger, Normal and Safe Zone represented by a white circle. Overall Paper’s Danger Zone analysis
tells where the student lies in the distribution graph as per total marks obtained.
Student or circle lies in “Red” area means student is in Danger Zone and needs to work very hard to
achieve the goal of selection
Student or circle lies in “Blue” area means student is in Normal Zone and should regularize and do
systematic study to achieve the goal
Student or circle lies in “Green” area means student is in Safe Zone but needs to keep improving to
achieve the goal
Subject Wise Comparative Analysis: This analysis compares student’s subject wise marks with highest and
average marks in the subject. It also tells percentage of question attempted by student correctly, incorrectly
& percentage of question student did not attempted.
Graph represents Student’s, Highest & Average Marks in each subject

Graph implies that student is doing much better in Physics than Maths & Chemistry
Table shows the Attempt Status & Marks of each subject in the test paper.
Table shows that in Chemistry, student has attempted very few questions, which implies either he
was short of time or he doesn’t knew how to answer

Similarly, for Maths student has very high (%) of Incorrect Question, which implies either student,
has misconception or has made lot of silly mistakes.
• Help you know your learning gaps & how to improve or fill them
Skill-Wise Personal Analysis: Personal analysis is done to find out the skill wise performance. Whether student is
able to Direct Theory or Formula based Questions, whether he has good concepts or problem solving skills, etc.
Inferences and Suggestions for Improvements: Based on the observation made above we deduct inferences and
suggest methods for improvement
Observation Inference Suggestion For Improvement
You have got only 50 % of You are expected to grab Your real problem lies in your unsystematic self study, Revise
Easy and Direct Questions all the Easy and Direct lectures on day to day basis and plan mega revision (1hrs) of
Correct. problems theory on weekends.
• Help you focus on specific weak areas

Topic Wise Danger Zone Analysis: For each topic the analysis is done and suggestion based on student’s zone is
given in next column. Student should figure out the weak topics and should work according to the suggestion.
The circle o in the graph represents student’s position

Question wise Detailed Analysis: Each question is analyzed based on the student’s attempt status and compared
with overall attempt status.
Question wise analysis table shows Knowledge Area & Skills which the question belongs, along with
Students attempt status
(%) of student attempted the question
(%) of students among attempted which does it correctly
Each paper has some tricky questions, which most people attempt, but does it wrong. Understanding how to solve
those questions, improve student’s concept & learning on those topic. But the important thing is how to figure out
those questions.
Each paper has hard questions, which most people has left and if you have attempted you might have taken a lot of
time; this type of question should be tried in the end.

The above table helps you in recognizing those questions and if you keep this in mind you will be able to save time
and marks by not attempting questions which are meant to be left.
Benefits of Adaptive Testing
• Adaptive test encourages student to bring out their maximum output by providing them the questions with levels
close to their skills and knowledge level, instead of very easy or hard which most of the time de-motivates student
from attempting.
• Adaptive testing helps evaluator to measure the accurate skill level of students, even with small number of
questions.
Better Analysis of Students Performance can be judged and provided to students using adaptive testing
• Adaptive Testing targets the student weak areas and motivates them to improve on those areas by going to their
level and upgrading as students improve.
This also brings students focus on those areas where they need improvement
• The experience of taking an adaptive test is like participating in a high-jump event. The high-jumper, regardless of
ability, quickly reaches a challenging level where there is about an equal chance of clearing the bar or knocking it
down. The ‘score’ is the last height that was successfully cleared and is earned without having to jump all possible
lower heights or trying the higher levels.
Research shows that adaptive testing has improved the students learning by more than 22% compare to student taking
fixed test during their preparation.
How you can get Adaptive Testing for your preparation of Entrance Exams like
IIT-JEE, AIEEE, BITSAT etc.
• Visit a2zExam.com and Register.
• Select the Course according to exam you are taking and get the Adaptive Set of papers for the preparation of the
exam.
• Everything will be done by them
a2zExam - Adaptive Testing with added advantage
First time in India, a2zExam.com brings “Adaptive Testing” for the preparation of Engineering Entrance Exams like IIT-
JEE, AIEEE, BIT-SAT etc. a2zExam not just provide adaptive testing but also provide Feedback Report, which is used by
the system to adapt to your level for testing, so that you can work on your weak areas before taking the next test.
Adaptive testing is like High Jump but if every jump of high jumper (participant) is recorded and shown before the next
jump pointing out the mistakes or good things done by them. Think how much beneficial it will be for them and the
improvement in their records.
Similarly, after every test you will be provided here with the feedback report pointing your strength and weakness along
with the suggestions for improvement, so that you can work on those areas before taking the next test and improve your
performance.

• Adaptive Testing
Get Adaptive Testing for preparation of IIT-JEE, AIEEE, BITSAT etc.
Give edge to your preparation and improve your ranking or chance of selection
Don’t leave any stone unturned for such an important event of your or your child’s life.
• Detailed Performance Analysis

Subject Wise, Topic Wise Personal and Comparative Analysis
Skill Wise Personal Analysis
Inferences and Suggestions for Improvement
Question Selection Strategy
• Anytime Anywhere Access

You can take the test anytime (Day or Night), anywhere (from Home or Cyber Café or any place with Computer
and Internet)
As soon as the syllabus for a test is completed take the test, no need to wait for the specific Sunday for test to be
conducted.

MOCK TEST-3 (SOLUTION)
MOCK TEST– 3 PUBLISHED IN SAME ISSUE
11. (i) ‘Depletion layer’ width decreases,

PHYSICS (ii) Junction field becomes very high
1. Point to point : Communication over a link between 12. The approximate thickness of the film should be of
a single transmitter and received the order of wavelength of the light.
Example : Telephone
13.
3. (i) When final image is formed at infinity
v D
M=– 0 × θ
u0 ue θ '2
yn P2'
(ii) When final image is formed at distance D θ2 P2
θ1' P1'
v0  D  P1
M=– 1 +  θ1
u0  f 
I
O
Intensity
4. S1 and S2 are the two desired surfaces.
S2
S1
∈0 A
14. = 5 µF ………. (i)
5. Superconductors are those material which d
resistivity is zero below a certain temperature. ∈0 KA
= 20 µF ……. (ii)
Conducting
2d
Induction
6. coil Plate I K 20
(ii) ÷ (i) =
Sphere I 2 5
~
Sphere II ∴ K =8
Detector
Conducting
Plate II 15.
7. Zero
8. High energy X-rays are known as hard X-rays and

low energy X-rays are known as soft X-rays. These Paramagnetic Diamagnetic
Uniform magnetic substance
terms are relative. substance
field
9. (1, 3) – (2, 4)
c
16. (i) λ =
10. The daughter element ν
(release of energy is accompanied by an increase of 1
(ii) (Uav)E = ∈0 E 02
B.E) 4

1 2 1 di d 2
17. U= Li = × 2 × 10–3 (5)2 J 23. |ε| = L = L (t ) = 2 L t
2 2 dt dt
= 2.5 × 10–2 J ∴ At t = 4, ε = 2 × 5 × 10–3 × 4 = 40 × 10–3 V
18. XL = ωL = 100 × 30 × 10–3 = 3 Ω

R=4Ω B
24.
P Q
V = 200 2 sin 100 t
b
Z= R 2 + X 2L
= 4 2 + 32 S R
a
=5Ω
Let i → current
R 4
∴ cosφ = = = 0.8 N → No. of turns
Z 5
l → length
19. (i) X-rays are e.m. waves
N
(ii) X-rays are transverse in nature n=
l
1 1 Applying Ampere's Law along PQRS,
20. Reduction factor = = 4 in 4 days.
16 2 → →
Hence life = 1 day ∫ B . dl = µ0 inet
1 1 Q R S P
∴ For 6 days reduction factor would be = → → → → → → → →
–3
2 6
64 ∫
P
B . dl + ∫
Q
B . dl + ∫
R
B . dl + ∫ B . dl = µ
S
0 inet
∴ original amount = 4 × 10 × 64kg = 0.256 kg

B.a + 0 + 0 + 0 = µ0 n (a) i
21. A telescope views large objects at large distances; a
microscope views small objects at small distances. ∴ B = µ 0 ni
Both need a small field of view. A camera views
objects of ordinary sizes at fairly close distances.
Here the field of view is required much more I2 B I – I
2 g
(compare 45° for a camera with about 1° for a 25. P – + Q
microscope objective and something similar for a + Ig
telescope, a moon subtends about 0.5° at the earth) A + – C
G –
Thus rays entering a camera lens are far from being I + R – S
paraxial and aberrations will be large and images I1 + I +I
1 g
will be blurred if the apertures are not very small. –
For a telescope, on the other hand, the important D
thing is its ability to resolve distant abjects (i.e., see
them as distinct). We have seen that the resolving
power increases with increase in aperture. It is an arrangement of four resistances used for
Therefore, telescopes have as large an aperture as measuring unknown resistance.
feasible. Applying KVL in loop ADBA
–I1 R + Ig G + I2 P = 0 …. (i)
22. Q Current in 5 Ω is zero
and in loop DCBD,
∴ bridge is balance
– (I1 + Ig) S + (I2 – Ig) Q – Ig G = 0
1 10 for balance bridge, Ig = 0
∴ =
6R 20 ∴ I1 R = I2P …….. (iii)
6+ R
I1 S = I2 Q …….. (iv)
6+ R 1 P R
or = (iii) ÷ (iv) we get =
6R 2 Q S
∴R=3Ω

26. Diamagnetic substances are feebly magnetised in 29.
opposite direction to that of magnetising field
Paramagnetic substances are feebly magnetised in
the direction of magnetic field. Q'' α Q' E
O α β fe
Ferromagnetic substances are strongly magnetised
in the direction of magnetic field. B
+ V – P'
27.
P N + –
P'' Astronomical telescope
(i) When the final image is formed on the nearest
distance of clear vision D
Reverse biasing
f0  f 
M=– 1+ e
In the experimental set, the P and N terminals of a f e  D 
P-N diode are connected to the negative and
positive potential point's of a potential divider (ii) When the final image is formed at infinity
respectively. As the reverse bias current a feeble f0
current measurable in micro amperes so a micro- M=–
fe
ammeter is used to measure it. To plot reverse bias
characteristic, we note down reverse currents On increasing the aperture of the objective lens the
corresponding to various different reverse voltages magnifying power of telescope will increase.
on the diode with help of the potential divider.
After obtaining it, the applied voltages are plotted q
along X-axis and corresponding reverse currents 30. U= ∫ 0
Vdq
+ –
along Y-axis of a graph as shown in the fig.
q q
I (mA) = ∫ 0
  dq
C  E
q2
= d
– + 2C
V
1
= CV2
2
1  ∈0 A 
Characteristic of a P-N diode =   (Ed)2
2  d 
Reverse bias resistance- The ratio of small change
in reverse voltage (before break down voltage) to 1
= ∈0E2 (Ad)
the corresponding change in reverse current for a 2
P-N diode is known as its reverse bias resistance, U 1
i.e, Reverse bias resistance ∴ Energy density, = ∈0E2
Ad 2
Small change in
OR
reverse voltage
= (i) From Gauss' theorem
Corresponding change in
reverse current qin
φ=
∈0
28. Circuit diagram for drawing the input and output
characteristics. ∴ qin = φ × ∈0 = – 6 × 103 × 8.85 × 10–12
Ic = –5.31 × 10–8C
IB – + (ii) Flux remains the same
B C mA + R1
R2 +µA– E VCE –
IB Vcc
VBE
VBB
Typical shape of the input characteristics.

11. (a) Standard Hydrogen electrode - When H2 gas at
CHEMISTRY 1 atm pr is supplied on Pt sheet dipped in the
aqueous solution of an acid having molarity 1M
1. H.C.P has highest 74% efficiency
H2 l atm
2. When in Fe(OH)3 ppt FeCl3 is added Fe+3 ions are
adsorb over the surface of Fe(OH)3 it results in the
formation of Fe(OH)3 solution.
Pt
3. Lithium tetrahydrido aluminate (III) 1 M aq acid
solution
4. FeCO3 is siderite ore.
Following Chemical rxn takes place
5. Phenol & Formaldehyde H2(g, l atm) 2H+ (aq, 1M) + 2e–
6. Antiseptics are germicides which can be applied on the potential of this half electrode = 0.0 V
wounds (b) Kohlrausch's law states conductivity of a
Ex. Soframycin, Tincture iodine solution at infinite dilution is equal to sum of
molar conductivity of all the ions present in the
7. Amino acid in which amino group are more then solution.
– COOH group are called basic amino acid. Λ0m = γ⊕ λ⊕º + γ –º λ–º
Lysine ( R is (CH2)3 – NH2 )
12. Actinides show much higher oxidation states than
8. CH3F < CH3Cl < CH3Br < CH3I Lanthanides because energy difference between 5f,
6d and 7s orbitals is less and hence electrons also
9. t1/2 = 5730 participate from 5f orbital also.
0.693
λ= = 1.21 × 10–4 yr–1 13. The seperation of Ag+ and Hg22+ in group – I is
t1 / 2
carried out by dissolving the precipitate of AgCl in
2.303 a NH4OH, AgCl forms a soluble complex with
λ= ln 0
t at NH4OH.
Whereas Hg2Cl2 forms a black water insoluble
2.303 10
t= −4
ln complex.
1.21× 10 8
⇒ AgCl + NH4OH → [Ag( NH 3 ) 2 ]Cl + 2H 2 O
= 1845 yr
(water soluble)
10. With the increase in temperature rate constant ⇒ Hg2Cl2 + NH4OH → Hg(NH2)Cl + Hg + HCl
increases. It is found that with 10 K rise in black percipitate + H2O
temperature the rate of reaction become 2 – 3 times.
With the increase in temperature 14. The concentrated ore is heated with excess of air to
(1) More no. of collisions occur between the remove water and carbon dioxide to remove
molecules. sulphur and arsenic impurities and to oxidise
(2)Only those molecules which are having ferrous to ferric oxide for eg;
minimum sufficient energy to participate in the 2Fe2O3.3H2O → 2Fe2O3 + 3H2O
chemical rxn, reacts with each other and form FeCO3 → FeO + CO2 ↑
product
S + O2 → SO2 ↑
(3) For effective collision activated molecule must
4As + 3O2 → 2As2O3
collide in the proper orientation
4Fe + O2 → 2Fe2O3
∴ Rate of rxn = P × Z . e − Ea / RT
P = Orientation factor 15. PHBV has 3hydroxybutanoic acid & 3
Z = No. of collisions hydroxypentanoic acid.
O – CH – CH2 – CO – O – CH – CH2 – CO n
e − Ea / RT = No. of activated molecules
CH3 CH2 – CH3

16. Purine bases in DNA and RNA are Adenine & 22. In case of nitrogen family, basic character of
Guanine. hydrides decreases from NH3 to BiH3 because with
Pyrimidine bases in DNA are Cytosine & Thymine the increase in size of central element lone pair
while in RNA are Cytosine & Uracil density about it decreases and tendency of proton
(H+) to coordinate with it decreases and hence basic
17. Detergents are sodium or potassium salts of character of hydrides decreases.
sulphonic acid.
Cationic detergent – Cetyl trimethyl ammonium 23.
O O
bromide
Anionic – Alkyl benzene sulphonate O
Cr Cr
131º
18. (A) CHCl3 (B) HC ≡ CH
O O
O¯ O¯
19. (a) Radius of gold r = 0.144 nm
Cr2O72–
F.C.C. 4 r = 2a
4r 24.
a= =2 2 r
2 25. 2-Methoxy-2-methylpropane
= 2 × 1.414 × 0.144
26.
= 0.407 nm
Edge length a = 0.407 nm. 27. The compound A can be either an aldehyde or a
(b) (i) When Ge 2 2
is doped with In
2 1
13th gr ketone. Since it resists oxidation it must be a
( 4s 4 p ) ( 5s 5 p ) ketone. i.e., acetone (CH3COCH3)
element all the 3e– get bonded and fourth bond The reactions involved are :
of Ge contain only one e– and hence an e–
O OH
deficient bond or a hole is formed and p type
Reduction HBr
semiconductor is formed. CH3 – C – CH3 CH3 – CH – CH3 –H O
2[H]
(ii) Similarly when Si is doped with As 4s24p3 4e–'s
2
(B)
get bonded and fifth e– remain unbonded ∴ n- 2-Propanol
type semiconductor is formed.
O MgBr Br
20. p= p 0A x A + p 0B x B CH3 – C – CH3 + CH3 – CH – CH3 Mg CH3 – CH – CH3
nA = 1 nB = 2 mol. (A) (C)
2-Bromopropane
p T1 = 250 bar
OMgBr OH
1 2
250 = p 0A × + p 0B × ..... (1) H2O
3 3 CH3 – C – CH3 CH3 – C – CH3
nA = 2 nB = 2 mol
CH(CH3)2 CH(CH3)2
1 1
p T2 = 300 = p 0A . + p 0B × ......(2)
2 2
2, 3 – Dimethyl-2-butanol
solving (1) & (2)
p 0A = 450 bar p 0B = 150 bar 28. (a) The ideal solution is that solution which follows
the Raoult's law i.e for ideal solution :-
21. (a) (i) When silica gel is placed is atmosphere (i) ∆Hmixing = 0
saturated with water adsorption of moisture takes (ii) ∆Vmixing = 0
place Non ideal solution is that solution which does not
(ii) CaCl2 adsorbs H2O. follow Raoult's law and for which :
(b) Zeolite is a shape selective catalyst which are (i) ∆Hmixing ≠ 0
metal alumino silicates Mx/n(AlO2)x(SiO2)y.mH2O.
(ii) ∆Vmixing = 0
When zeolite is heated pores are generated, these
pores are having size 260 – 740 pm which can In case of cyclohexane – ethanol a solution with
absorb molecule of definite size. Therefore it is +ve deviation is obtained
called shape selective catalyst In case of a acetone – Chloroform

–ve deviation is obtained (e) Hypophosphoric acid
Cl O O
CH3
+δ –δ +δ
Cl C H O C P P
CH3
HO OH
Cl
OH OH
30
(b) Moles of solute nB = 30. (a) Since compound (A) is optically inactive and
M
contains nitrogen which gives alcohol with HNO2,
90 it is primary amine. The reactions may be given as
Moles of H2O ( n H 2O ) = =5
18
CH3CH2CH2CH2NH2 HNO
2 → CH3CH2CH2CH2OH+N2+H2
5 M O
xA = =
5 + 30 / M 6+M (A) (B)
pA = p 0A x A 1-Aminobutane 1-Butanol
H 2SO 4 , 440 K
M CH3CH2CH2CH2OH – → CH3CH2CH = CH2
pA = p 0A . ...... (1) H O 2
6+M
(B) (C)
When 18g of H2O is added to solution
1-Butene
6 M
x H 2O = = CH3CH2CH=CH2  HBr
→ CH3CH2CH–CH3
6 + 30 / M 5+M
(C) |
M
p'A = p 0A ...... (2) Br
5+M
(D)
from (1) & (2)
2-Bromobutane(optically active)
5+M 2.8
=
6+M 2.9
⇒ M = 23 g/mol
MATHEMATICS
29. (a) Hypophosphorus acid
O Section A
1. Q (1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 3) ∉ R

P
⇒ R is not reflexive.
H OH
again (1, 2) ∈ R ⇒ (2, 1) ∈ R ⇒ R is symmetric
H
again (1, 2) ∈ R, (2, 1) ∈ R but (1, 1) ∉ R
(b) Pyrophosphoric acid
⇒ R is not transitive.
O O
2. On differentiating
P P 2 –1/3 2 –1/3 dy
x + y =0
HO O OH 3 3 dx
OH OH  y1 / 3 
dy
(c) Dithionic acid = –  1/ 3 
dx  x 
O O
HO — S — S — OH 3. We have,
∫ cos ∫ cos
3
O O I= x e log sin x dx = 3
x sin x dx
(d) Marshall acid Putting cos x = t and – sin x dx = dt
O O or, sin x dx = – dt, we get
− t4 cos 4 x
HO — S — O — O — S — OH
∫
I = – t 3 dt =
4
+C=–
4
+C
O O

4. Let x + y = v. Then 7. Let the equation of the required plane be
dy dv dy dv x y z
1+ = ⇒ = –1 + + =1 … (i)
dx dx dx dx a b c
dy dv Then, the coordinates of A, B and C are A (a, 0, 0),
Putting x + y = v and = –1 the given B(0, b, 0), and C(0, 0, c) respectively. So the centroid
dx dx
of triangle ABC is (a/3, b/3, c/3). But the coordinates
 dv 
differential equation, we get v2  −1 = a2s of the centroid are (p, q, r)
 dx  a b c
dv ∴ p = , q = and r =
⇒ v2 = a2 + v2 3 3 3
dx ⇒ a = 3p, b = 3q and c = 3r
⇒ v2 dv = (a2 + v2) dx Substituting the values of a, b and c in (i), we get the
v2 required plane as
⇒ dv = dx [By separating the variables] x y z x y z
v2 + a2 + + =1⇒ + + =3
3 p 3q 3r p q r
 a2 
⇒ 1 − 2 2
 dv = dx

 v +a  8. a + b = 6, …(i)
1 8
∫
⇒ 1. dv – a2 ∫v 2
+a 2
dv = ∫ dx + c ab = 8 ⇒ b =
a
… (ii)
[On integration] Putting in (i)

v 8
⇒ v – a tan–1   = x + c a + = 6 ⇒ a = 4, 2
a a
 x+ y From (ii)
⇒ (x + y) –a tan–1  =x+c 8 8
 a  ⇒ b = , ⇒ b = 2, 4
4 2
5. Let l, m, n be the direction cosines of the given Hence (a, b) = (4, 2) or (2, 4)
r
vector r (say). Then, its projections on the coordinate
r r r 5 + 3 2 + 6  4 4
axes are l | r |, m | r |, n | r | 9. 2X =   ⇒ X=  
r r r  0 9 − 1 0 4
∴ l | r | = 6, m | r |= –3, n | r | = 2 … (i)
r 2 r 2 r 2 5 2   4 4  1 − 2 
⇒ {l | r |} + {m | r |} + {n| r |} = 6 + (–3)2 + (2)2
2
and Y=  – ⇒Y = 
r   
⇒ | r |2 (l2 +m2 + n2) = 36 + 9 + 4 0 9   0 4  0 5 
r
⇒ | r |2 = 49
r
⇒ |r | = 7 [Q l2 + m2 + n2 =1] k 2 − 2k 1
r
Putting | r | = 7 in (i), we obtain that the direction 10. ∆ = 1/2 − k + 1 2k 1 =0
r 6 −3 2 − 4 − k 6 − 2k 1
cosines of r are l = , m = ,n=
7 7 7 ⇒ 8k2 + 4k – 4 = 0
r r ⇒ k = 1/2, –1
6. The angle θ between vectors a and b is given by
rr
a.b Section B
cos θ = r r
| a || b |
For the angle θ to be obtuse, we must have 11. Let A → total of 8 in first throw
cos θ < 0 B → total of 8 in 2nd throw
rr Number of exhaustive cases when a pair of dice is
a.b
⇒ r r <0 thrown = 6 × 6 = 36
| a || b | Cases favourable to a total of 8 in each throw are
r r r r
⇒ a. b<0 [Q | a |, | b | > 0] (2, 6), (6, 2), (3, 5), (5, 3), (4, 4)
⇒ 14x2 –8x + x < 0 ⇒ 7x (2x –1) < 0 Their number = 5
⇒ x (2x –1) < 0 ⇒ 0 < x < 1/2 P(A) = P(B) = 5/36
Hence, the angle between the given vectors is obtuse 5 5 25
P(A and B) = P(A). P(B) = × =
if x ∈ (0, 1, 2) 36 36 1296

12. f(x) = sin2 x + [1 – cos2 (π/3 + x)] dy dy / dx x / 1− x4 −1
1 ∴ = = =
+ 2 cos x cos (π/3 + x) dz dz / dx − 2 x / 1 − x 4 2
2
= 1 –[cos2(π/3 + x) – sin2 x] 1
16. Area A = × b × AD
1 2 A
+ [cos(π/3+2x) + cos π/3]
2 b b2
1 1 = . x2 −
= 1 – [cos (π/3+2x) –cos π/3] + cos (π/3 +2x) + 2 4 x x
2 4 b
f(x) = 5/4 A = 4x 2 − b 2
4
g(f(x)) = g(5/4) = 1 → constant function
dA b dx B b/2 D b/2 C
= 8x
13. Q f(x) is continuous at x = 2, 4 dt 8 4 x − b
2 2 dt
∴ f(2) = f(2–) dA bx  dx 
⇒ 3 × 2 + 2 = lim (2 –h)2 + a(2 – h) + b = ×3 Q = 3
h →0 dt 4x 2 − b 2  dt 
⇒ 8 = 2a + b + 4
 dA  3b 2
⇒ 2a + b = 4 … (i)   = ×3= 3 b cm2/sec.
again,  dt  x =b 2
4b − b 2
f(4) = f(4+) OR
⇒ 3 × 4 + 2 = lim 2a (4 + h) + 5b (i) Since (x – 2) ≥ 0 in [2, 3]
h →0
⇒ 14 = 8a + 5b … (ii) so f(x) = x − 2 is continuous
Solve (i) , (ii) 1
a = 3, b = –2 (ii) f ´(x) = exists for all x ∈(2, 3)
2 x−2
1 + sin x  ∴ f(x) is differentiable in (2, 3)
14. y = tan–1  
 cos x  Thus lagrang's mean value theorem is applicable;
 (cos x / 2 + sin x / 2) 2  ∴ There exists at least one real number in (2, 3)
y = tan–1  2 2  such that
 cos x / 2 − sin x / 2 
f (3) − f (2)
 cos x / 2 + sin x / 2  f ´(c) =
y = tan–1  3− 2

 cos x / 2 − sin x / 2  1 (1) − 0
–1
y = tan [tan (π/4 + x/2)] or = ⇒ 2 c−2 = 1
2 c−2 1
y = π/4 + x/2
dy 1 1
= c=2+ = 2.25 ∈(2, 3)
dx 2 4
 1+ x2 − 1− x2  ⇒ LMV is verified and the
15. Let y = tan–1   , z = cos–1 x2 req. point is (2.25, 0.5)
 1+ x2 + 1− x2 
  2x
put x2 = cos 2θ
17. ∫ 1 − x − (x 2 )2
2
dx
 1 + cos 2θ − 1 − cos 2θ  dt
y = tan–1   Let x2 = t. Then, d(x2) = dt ⇒ 2x dx = dt ⇒ dx =
 1 + cos 2θ + 1 − cos 2θ  2x
−1 dt dt
 cos θ − sin θ 
y = tan–1  
 cos θ + sin θ 
dz
dx
= .2x ∴I= ∫ 1− t − t 2
= ∫ 2
− {t + t − 1}
1− x4
y = tan–1 [tan (π/4 –θ)] dt
π 1
= ∫ 1 1
y= – cos–1 x2 − {t 2 + t + − − 1}
4 2 4 4
dy −1  − 1  dt dt
=
2  1 − x 4
. 2x 

⇒Ι= ∫  1 
= ∫
5 
2 2
dx  5  1
−  t +  −  − t + 
dy x  2  4  4  2
=
dx 1− x4

dt  4
= ∫  5
2 2 ⇒I=
1
tan 
 x− 
x +C
–1
  −  t + 1  2 2 2 2 
 2   2  
   
 t + 1/ 2  1  x −4
2
⇒ I = sin–1   + C = tan–1  +C
2 2  2x 2 
 5/2   
 2t + 1 
= sin–1   + C dy
 5  19. We are given that + (–2)y = cos 3x …(i)
dx
 2x 2 + 1  This is a linear differential equation of the form
= sin–1  +C
 dy
 5  + Py = Q, where P = –2 and Q = cos 3x
dx
∫ Pdx = ∫ − 2dx = e
–2x
OR ∴ I.F. =
e e
2 + sin x
∫ 1 + cos x e
x/2
I= dx Multiplying both sides of (i) by I.F. = e–2x, we get
dy
 2 sin x  e–2x –2ye–2x = cos 3x. e–2x
∫ 1 + cos x + 1 + cos x  e
x/2
= dx dx
Integrating both sides w.r.t. x, we get
 x
∫e
x −2 x
2 sin cos  ye–2x = cos 3x dx + C
 2
= ∫ 
 cos 2 x
+ 2
2 cos 2 x
2 ex/2 dx

 [Using : y (I.F.) = ∫ Q (I .F .) dx + C ]
 2 2 
⇒ ye = I + C, where I = e–2x cos 3x
–2x
 x x
= ∫  sec
2
2
+ tan  ex/2 dx
2 I
∫
Now, I = e −2 x cos 3 x dx
II
x x/2 1 –2x (−2) − 2 x
2 tan
2
.e + c ⇒I=
3
e sin 3x –
3 ∫
e sin 3 x dx
1 2
1+
4
⇒ I = e–2x sin 3x +
3 3 ∫
e −2 x sin 3x dx
2
18. I= ∫x 2
x dx
16
+ 2
1
⇒ I = e–2x sin 3x
3
x
2  − 1 −2 x − 2 x  − cos 3 x  
1+
4 +  e cos 3 x − (−2)e 
3  3  3 ∫  dx 
 
x2
⇒I= ∫ 4
2
2
dx 1
⇒ I = e–2x sin 3x
x +  −8+8 3
x
2  1 −2 x 2 −2 x 
1+ 2
4 + − e cos 3 x −
3  3 3
e cos 3 x dx 
 ∫
∫
⇒I= x dx
2 1 –2x 2 4
 4 ⇒I= e sin 3x– e–2x cos 3x – I
x−  +8 3 9 9
 x
4  4  4  e −2 x
Let x – = t. Then, d  x −  = dt ⇒ I + I = (3 sin 3x –2 cos 3x)
x  x  9  9
 4  e −2 x
⇒ 1 + 2  dx = dt ⇒I= (3 sin 3x – 2 cos 3x)
 x  13
dt Substituting the value of I in (ii), we get
∴I= 2 ∫
t + (2 2 ) 2 ye–2x =
e −2 x
(3 sin 3x –2 cos 3x) + C, which is the
13
1  t  required solution.
⇒I= tan–1   + C
2 2 2 2

20. We have,
∫ (2 x + x
2
r r r r r r y.sin x = cot x) sin x dx
(1 – a . b )2 + | a + b +( a × b )|2
r r r r r r r r
∫ 2 xsin x dx + ∫ x cos x dx
2
= {1 – 2( a . b ) + ( a . b )2} + {( a + b + a × b ). =
r r r r
( a + b + a × b )}
r r r r r r r r = ∫ 2 xsin x dx + x sin x – ∫ 2 xsin x dx + c
2
= {1 –2 ( a . b ) + ( a . b )2} + ( a + b ).( a + b )
r r r r r r r r r r r r = x2 sin x + c ...(1)
+ ( a + b ). ( a × b )+ ( a × b ).( a + b )+ ( a × b ).( a × b )
r r r r r r r r r Substituting y = 0 and x = π/2, we get
= {1 –2 ( a . b ) +( a . b )2} + {| a + b |2 + a . ( a × b )
r r r r r r r r r r r π2 π2
+ b . ( a × b ) + ( a × b ) . a ( a × b ). b + | a × b |2} 0= +c or c=–
r r r r r r r r 4 4
= {1–2 ( a . b ) + ( a . b )2 } + { | a + b |2 + | a × b |2 }
r r r r r r r r r r r r π2
[Q a ⊥( a × b ), b ⊥( a × b ) ∴ a ( a × b ) = b .( a × b )= 0] ∴ (i) ⇒ y sin x = x2 sin x –
4
r r r r r r r r
= 1 – 2 ( a . b ) + ( a . b )2 + | a |2 + | b |2 +2 ( a . b ) π2
r r or y = x2 – cosec x
+ | a × b |2 4
r r r r r r
= 1 + | a |2 + | b |2 + ( a . b )2 + | a × b |2
r r r r 1 x yz x x2 xyz x x2 1
= 1 + | a |2 + | b |2 + | a |2 | b |2 1 xyz
r r r r r r 22. 1 y zx = y y2 xyz = y y2 1
[Q( a . b )2 + | a × b |2 = | a |2 | b |2] xyz xyz
r r 1 z xy z z2 xyz z z2 1
= (1 + | a |2) (1+| b |2)
r r C1 ↔ C3
Hence, (1+ | a |2) (1+ | b |2)
r r r r r r 1 x y2
= 1 – ( a . b )2 + | a + b + a × b |2
⇒ 1 y y2
21. Let L be the foot of the perpendicular drawn from the 1 z z2
point P (0, 2, 3) to the given line.
The coordinates of a general point on R1 → R1 – R2, R2 → R2 – R3
x + 3 y −1 z + 4 x + 3 y −1 z + 4 0 x− y x2 − y2
= = are given by = = =λ
5 2 3 5 2 3 = 0 y−z y2 − z2
i.e. x = 5λ –3, y = 2λ + 1, z = 3λ –4 1 z z2
Let the coordinates of L be
(5λ –3, 2λ + 1, 3λ – 4) 0 1 x+ y
So direction ratios of PL are proportional to = (x – y) (y – z) 0 1 y + z
5λ – 3 – 0, 2λ + 1 –2, 3λ –4 – 3 1 z z2
i.e. 5λ –3, 2λ –1, 3λ – 7
Direction ratios of the given line are proportional to 1 x+ y
= (x – y) (y – z)
5, 2, 3 1 y+z
P(0, 2, 3) = (x – y) (y – z) [(y + z) – (x + y)]
= (x – y) (y – z) (z – x)
OR
b+c c+a a+b

x + 3
= y − 1 = z + 4 L (5λ –3, 2λ +1, 3λ –4) c+a a+b b+c =0
5 2 3
a+b b+c c+a
Since PL is perpendicular to the given line.
C1 → C1 + C2 + C3
∴ 5(5λ –3) + 2(2λ –1) + 3(3λ –7) = 0 ⇒ λ = 1
Putting λ = 1 in (i), the coordinates of L are (2, 3, –1) 1 c+a a+b
∴Length of the perpendicular from P on the given ⇒ 2(a + b + c) 1 a + b b + c = 0
line. 1 b+c c+a
= PL = (2 − 0) 2 + (3 − 2) 2 + (−1 − 3) 2 = 21 units R2 → R2 – R1, R3 → R3 – R1
OR 1 c+a a+b
Here integrating factor = e ∫ ⇒ 2(a + b + c) 0 b − c c − a = 0
cot xdx
= elog sinx = sin x
∴ the solution of differential equation is given by 0 b−a c−b

r r r
⇒ 2(a + b + c) (–a2 – b2 – c2 + ab + bc + ca) = 0 r = a1 + λ b1 … (iii)
⇒ –(a + b + c) [(a – b)2 + (b – c)2 + (c – a)2] = 0 r ˆ r
where, a1 = i + 2 ĵ + 3 k̂ and b1 = 2 iˆ + 3 ĵ + 4 k̂
⇒ a + b + c = 0 or a = b = c
Line (ii) passes through (2, 4, 5) and has direction
Section C ratio proportional to 3, 4, 5. So, its vector equation is
r
r r
r = a 2 + µ b2 … (iv)
23. Getting 6 → success r
r
1 5 where a 2 = 2 iˆ + 4 ĵ + 5 k̂ and b2 = 3 iˆ + 4 ĵ + 5 k̂
p= ⇒q=1–p=
6 6 The shortest distance between the lines (iii) and (iv)
A can win the game in 1st, 3rd, 5th …..throws. is given by
P(A winning) = p + qqp + qqqqp + ……… r r r r
(a 2 − a1 ).(b1 × b2 )
= p[1 + q2 + q4 + ……..] S.D. = r r … (v)
| b1 × b2 |
 1  6 r r
= p   = We have, a 2 – a1 = (2 iˆ + 4 ĵ + 5 k̂ ) – ( iˆ + 2 ĵ + 3 k̂ )
 1 − q  11
5 = iˆ + 2 ĵ + 2 k̂
P(B winning) =
11 iˆ ˆj kˆ
24. y=x … (i) r r
and b1 × b2 = 2 3 4 = – iˆ + 2 ĵ – k̂
y = x3 … (ii)
Solving (i) and (ii) 3 4 5
O(0, 0), A(1, 1), B(–1, –1) r r
Required area = area BCOB + Area ODAO ∴ | b1 × b2 | = 1 + 4 + 1 = 16
r r r r
y and,( a 2 – a1 ).( b1 × b2 ) = ( iˆ + 2 ĵ +2 k̂ ).(– iˆ + 2 ĵ – k̂ )
y=x = –1 + 4 –2 = 1
• r r r r
A(1, 1) Substituting the values of ( a 2 – a1 ) . ( b1 × b2 ) and
D r r
| b1 × b2 | in (v), we obtain S.D. = 1/ 6
•
C O(0, 0) x
1 3 2 3
26. A11 = = 1 + 6 = 7; A12 = – = –2
• −2 1 0 1
B(–1, –1)
2 1 −2 0
A13 = = –4; A21 = – =2
0 0 0 −2 −2 1
 x2 x4 
∫
Area BCOB = ( x − x ) dx =  
3
− 1 0 1 −2
2 4  A22 = = 1; A23 = – =2
−1   −1 0 1 0 −2
1 1 1 −2 0 1 0
= − −  = A31 = = –6; A32 = – = –3
2 4 4 1 3 2 3
1 1
 x2 x4  1 −2
∫
Area ODAO = ( x − x ) dx =   A33 = =1+4=5
3
−
 2 4  2 1
0 0
′
1 1 1  7 − 2 − 4  7 2 − 6 
= – =
2 4 4 ∴ adj A =  2 1 2  = − 2 1 − 3
1 1 1 − 6 − 3 5  − 4 2 5 
∴ required area = + = sq. units.
4 4 2 Also |A| = (1) (7) + (–2) (–2) +0(–4) = 7 + 4 = 11
 7 2 −6
25. The equations of two given lines are adj A 1 
∴A =–1
= − 2 1 − 3 
x −1 y − 2 z − 3
= = … (i) |A| 11 
 − 4 2 5 
2 3 4
x−2 y −4 z −5 Again the given system of equations can be written as
and = = … (ii)  x 10
3 4 5
Line (i) passes through (1, 2, 3) and has direction AX = B where X =  y  , B =  8  ⇒ X = A–1B
 
ratios proportional to 2, 3, 4, so its vector equation is  z   7 

 x  7 2 − 6  10 = lim h [{n + 2h (1 + 2 + 3 + …..+(n –1) + h2
1 h →0
i.e.  y  =  −2 1 −3   8 
   
11 (1 + 22 + …..+(n –1)2)} + 5{n + h (1 + 2 + …...
2
 z   − 4 2 5   7  ......+ (n –1))}]
 70 + 16 − 42   44  4 lim h [6n + 7h (1 + 2+ 3+ …..+(n –1) + h2
h →0
1   1 
=  − 20 + 8 − 21  =  − 33 = − 3
  (12 + 22 + ……+……+ (n –1)2]
11 11
− 40 + 16 + 35  11   1   n(n − 1) n(n − 1) (2n − 1) 
= lim h 6n + 7 h − + h2. 
∴ x = 4, y = –3, z = 1 h →0  2 6 
2  14 n(n − 1) 4 n(n − 1)(2n − 1) 
27. Let y = sinpθ cosq θ = lim 6n + . + 2.
n →∞ n  n 2 n 6 

Let z = log y = p log sin θ + q log cos θ
dz   n − 1  8 (n − 1)(2n − 1) 
= p(cot θ) – q tan θ = lim 12 + 14  + . 
dθ n→∞   n  6 n2 
dz   1  4  1  1 
For maximum =0 = lim 12 + 14 1 −  + . 1 −   2 − 
dθ n→∞   n  3  n  n 
⇒ p cot θ = q tan θ
4 8 86
⇒ tan θ = p/q = 12 + 14 + × 2 = 12 + 14 + =
3 3 3
Now OR
b
d 2z
dθ 2
= – p cosec2 θ – q sec2 θ
∫ f ( x) dx = lim h [f(a) + f(a + h) + f(a + 2h) +….....
a
h→0
= – p(1 + cot2 θ) – q (1 + tan2 θ) ….+ f(a + (n –1) h)],

= – p(1 + q/p) – q(1 + p/q) (Q tan θ = p / q ) b−a
where h =
n
= – 2(p + q)
1 − (−1) 2
d 2z Here, a = –1, b = 1, f (x) = ex and h = =
<0 n n
dθ 2 1
∫ e dx
x
⇒ at θ = tan –1
p / q , y attains maximum value. ∴
−1
b = lim h [f(–1) + f(–1+ h) + f(–1 + 2h) + ...........

h →0
28. ∫ f ( x) dx = lim h[f(a) + f(a + h) + f(a + 2h) + ........
a
h →0 ……..+ f (–1 + (n –1) h)]
…….+ f(a + (n –1) h], = lim h [e–1 + e–1+h + e–1+2h+…+ e–1+(n –1)h]
h →0
b−a
where h = = lim h e–1 [1 + eh + e2h + ….+e(n –1)h]
n h →0
Here a = 1, b = 3, f(x) = x2 + 5x and   (e h ) n − 1  
3 −1 2 = lim h e–1 1.  h 
h= = h →0   e − 1  
n n
3
  r n −1  
∫ (x
2
∴ + 5 x) dx using a +ar +....... + ar n –1 = a  
  r − 1  
1  
= lim h [ f(1) + f(1 + h) + f(1 + 2h) + …..........
h →0  
….+ f(1+(n –1) h)]  e2 − 1 
 
= lim h [{(12 + 5 × 1)} + {(1 + h)2 + 5 (1 + h)} = lim e–1   e h − 1   [Q h = 2/n ⇒ nh = 2]
h →0 h →0  
 h  
+ {(1 + 2h)2 + 5(1 + 2h)} + .......  
 
…..+{(1 + (n –1)h)2 + 5(1 + (n –1) h)}]
= lim h [{(1 + (1 + h)2 + (1 + 2h)2 + ….+
2  e2 − 1   eh − 1 
h →0
= e–1   = e – e–1
 Q lim = 1
 1   h → 0 h 
(1 + (n –1)h)2}] + 5{1 + (1 + h) + (1 + 2h) + ........
….+ (1 +(n –1)h)}]

29. The given information can be exhibited OR
diagrammatically as follows Let the depot A transport x thousand bricks to builder
Depot P and y thousand bricks to builder Q. Then the above
A
5 units LPP can be stated mathematically as follows.
Rs.16 Rs.10 Minimize Z = 30x –30y + 1800
(5–x) units
x units Subject to x + y ≤ 30
Factory Depot Factory
P Rs.10 B Rs.12 Q
x ≤ 15
y units (5–y) units 6 units
8 units 5 units y ≤ 20
Rs.15 Rs.10
x + y ≥ 15
6 – (5 – x + 5 – y)
8–(x + y) units
Depot = x + y – 4 units and, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
C
4 units To solve this LPP graphically, we first convert
inequations into equations and then draw the
Let the factory at P transports x units of commodity to
corresponding lines. The feasible region of the LPP is
depot at A and y units to depot at B. Since the factory
at P has the capacity of 8 units of the commodity. shaded in fig. The coordinates of the corner points of
Therefore, the left out (8 – x – y) units will be the feasible region A2PQB3B2 are A2 (15, 0),
transported to depot at C. P(15, 15), Q (10, 20), B3 (0, 20) and B2(0, 15). These
Since the requirements are always non-negative points have been obtained by solving the
quantities. corresponding intersecting lines simultaneously.
Therefore, y x = 15
x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 and 8 – x – y ≥ 0
B (0, 30)
⇒ x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0 and x + y ≤ 8. B3 (0, 20) Q (10, 20)
Since the weekly requirement of the depot at A is 5 • • y = 20
units of the commodity and x units are transported
from the factory at P. Therefore the remaining (5 – x) B2 (0, 15) • • P (15, 15)
units are to be transported from the factory at Q.
Similarly, 5 – y units of the commodity will be A (30, 0)
transported from the factory at Q to the depot at B.
• x
O
A2 (15, 0) x + y = 30
But the factory at Q has the capacity of 6 units only,
therefore the remaining 6 – (5 – x + 5 – y) = x + y – 4 x + y = 15
units will be transported to the depot at C. As the The values of the objective function at the corner
requirements at the depots at A, B and C are always points of the feasible region are given in the
non-negative. following table.
∴ 5 – x ≥ 0, 5 – y ≥ 0 and x + y – 4 ≥ 0 Point (x, y) Value of the objective function
⇒ x ≤ 5, y ≤ 5 and x + y ≥ 4 Z = 30x –30y + 1800
The transportation cost from the factory at P to the A2(15, 0) Z = 30 × 15 –30 × 0 + 1800 = 2250
depots at A, B and C are respectively Rs.16x, 10y and P(15,15) Z = 30 × 15 –30 × 15 + 1800 = 1800
15(8 – x –y). Similarly, the transportation cost from Q(10,20) Z = 30 × 10 –30 × 20 + 1800 = 1500
the factory at Q to the depots at A, B and C are B3(0, 20) Z = 30 × 0 –30 × 20 + 1800 = 1200
B2(0, 15) Z = 30 × 0 –30 × 15 + 1800 = 1350
respectively Rs.10 (5 – x), 12(5 – y) and 10(x + y –4).
Therefore, the total transportation cost Z is given by Clearly, Z is minimum at x = 0, y = 20 and the
Z = 16x + 10y + 15(8 – x – y) + 10 (5 – x) + 12 (5 – y) minimum value of Z is 1200. Thus, the manufacturer
+ 10 (x + y – 4) = x –7y + 190 should supply 0, 20 and 10 thousand bricks to
builders P, Q and R from depot A and 15, 0, and 5
Z = 16x + 10y + 15(8 – x – y) + 10(5 – x) + 12(5 – y)
thousand bricks to builders P, Q and R from depot B
+ 10(x + y – 4) = x –7y + 190)
respectively. In this case the minimum transportation
Hence, the above LPP can be stated mathematically cost will be Rs.1200.
as follows, find x & y which Minimize
Z = x – 7y + 190
x+y≤8
x+y≥4
x≤5
y≤5
and x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0

XtraEdge Test Series
ANSWER KEY
IIT- JEE 2011 (February issue)
PHYSICS
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans D A C A A C B C B B,C
Ques 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ans A,B,C A,C,D A,B,C,D A,B B A B B D A
Column 21 A → P,Q,R,S B → P,Q,R,S C → P,Q,R D → P,Q,R,S
Matching 22 A→P B→R C→Q D→S
C HE M ISTR Y
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans C C A D A D D C A A,C
Ques 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ans B,C,D A,D B,C,D B,C,D C B D B B C
Column 21 A→Q B→R C→S D→P
Matching 22 A → Q,S B → R,S C → P,Q D → R,S
MATHEMATICS
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans C D D C B C A C C B,C,D
Ques 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ans A,D C,D A,B,D A,B,C B C D B A C
Column 21 A→R B→P C→Q D→S
Matching 22 A→S B→Q C→P D→R
IIT- JEE 2012 (February issue)

PHYSICS
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans C C C D C C B C B A,C
Ques 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ans A,B,D A,B B, D A,D A B C C A D
Column 21 A →R B→P C→S D→Q
Matching 22 A→R B→S C→Q D→P
C HE M ISTR Y
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans D D B A C A C C B D
Ques 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ans A,B, D A,C A,C B C A A B B C
Column 21 A → P,R,S B→Q C → P,R,S D→S
Matching 22 A→S B→R C→P D→Q
MATHEMATICS
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans C B B D A B B B A A,B,D
Ques 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Ans A,B,C B,D D A,B,C,D A C B B C C
Column 21 A→S B→R C→Q D→P
Matching 22 A→P B→R C→Q D→S

Subscription Offer for Students
'XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
IIT JEE becoming more competitive examination day by day.
Regular change in pattern making it more challenging.
C
"XtraEdge for IIT JEE" magazine makes sure you're updated & at the forefront.
Every month get the XtraEdge Advantage at your door step.
✓ Magazine content is prepared by highly experienced faculty members on the latest trend of IIT JEE.
✓ Predict future paper trends with XtraEdge Test Series every month to give students practice, practice & more practice.
✓ Take advantage of experts' articles on concepts development and problem solving skills
✓ Stay informed about latest exam dates, syllabus, new study techniques, time management skills and much more XtraFunda.
✓ Confidence building exercises with Self Tests and success stories of IITians
✓ Elevate you to the international arena with international Olympiad/Contests problems and Challenging Questions.
SUBSCRIPTION FORM FOR “EXTRAEDGE FOR IIT-JEE

The Manager-Subscription,
“XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”
Career Point Infosystems Ltd,
4th Floor, CP-Tower,
Special
IPIA, Kota (Raj)-324005 Offer
I wish to subscribe for the monthly Magazine “XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”
Half Yearly Subscription (Rs. 100/-) One Year subscription (Rs. 200/-) Two year Subscription (Rs. 400/-)
I am paying R. …………………….through
Money Order (M.O)
Bank Demand Draft of No………………………..Bank………………………………………………………..Dated C
(Note: Demand Draft should be in favour of "Career Point Infosystems Ltd" payable at Kota.)
Name: _______________________________________________________________________________________
Father's Name: _______________________________________________________________________________________
Address: _______________________________________________________________________________________
________________________City_____________________________State__________________________
PIN_________________________________________Ph with STD Code __________________________
Class Studying in ________________E-Mail: ________________________________________________
From months: ____________________to ________________________________________________

Subscription Offer for Schools
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
IIT JEE becoming more competitive examination day by day.
Regular change in pattern making it more challenging.
C
"XtraEdge for IIT JEE" magazine makes sure you're updated & at the forefront.
Every month get the XtraEdge Advantage at your door step.
✓ Magazine content is prepared by highly experienced faculty members on the latest trend of the IIT JEE.
✓ Predict future paper trends with XtraEdge Test Series every month to give students practice, practice & more practice.
✓ Take advantage of experts' articles on concepts development and problem solving skills
✓ Stay informed about latest exam dates, syllabus, new study techniques, time management skills and much more XtraFunda.
✓ Confidence building exercises with Self Tests and success stories of IITians
✓ Elevate you to the international arena with international Olympiad/ Contests problems and Challenging Questions.
FREE SUBSCRIPTION FORM FOR “EXTRAEDGE FOR IIT-JEE

The Manager-Subscription,
“XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”
Career Point Infosystems Ltd,
C
4th Floor, CP-Tower,
IPIA, Kota (Raj)-324005
We wish to subscribe for the monthly Magazine “XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”

Half Yearly Subscription One Year subscription Two year Subscription
Institution Detail:
Graduate Collage Senior Secondary School Higher Secondary School
Name of the Institute: _____________________________________________________________________________

Name of the Principal: _____________________________________________________________________________
Mailing Address: _____________________________________________________________________________
✂
__________________City_________________________State__________________________
PIN_____________________Ph with STD Code_____________________________________
Fax_______________________________ E-Mail_____________________________________
Board/ University: _____________________________________________________________________________________
School Seal with Signature


XtraEdge Feb 2011

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

XtraEdge Feb 2011

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

If you can't make a mistake,

Volume - 6 Issue - 8 you can't make anything.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 1 FEBRUARY 2011

Much more IIT-JEE News.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 3 FEBRUARY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 4 FEBRUARY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 5 FEBRUARY 2011

Mr. Vineet Buch

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 6 FEBRUARY 2011

(a) Find the value of H if the particle just reaches the

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 7 FEBRUARY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 8 FEBRUARY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 9 FEBRUARY 2011

∴ [Ag+] of AgI = K sp of AgI

[Ag+] = 8.7 × 10 −17

Ksp of AgI = [Ag+] [I–] (D) (C)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 10 FEBRUARY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 11 FEBRUARY 2011

CH3 CH3 12. In a triangle ABC, the median to the side BC is of

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 12 FEBRUARY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 13 FEBRUARY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 15 FEBRUARY 2011

Q 1 1  • Natural radiation is alpha ( ), beta ( ) and

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 16 FEBRUARY 2011

Physics Challenging Problems

1. Option [C] is correct 3. A→Q B→R

5. Option [A] is correct

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 17 FEBRUARY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 18 FEBRUARY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 19 FEBRUARY 2011

3. A long round conductor of radius a is made of a

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 20 FEBRUARY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 21 FEBRUARY 2011

Matter Waves, Photo-electric Effect

Matter Waves : particle duality. In certain circumstances, it

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 22 FEBRUARY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 23 FEBRUARY 2011

ν0 of strength 10–4 tesla is parallel to the metal surface,

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 24 FEBRUARY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 25 FEBRUARY 2011

Thermal Expansion, Thermodynamics

Thermal Expansion : Where ∆t is the loss or gain in time in a time interval t

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 27 FEBRUARY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 28 FEBRUARY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 29 FEBRUARY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 30 FEBRUARY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 31 FEBRUARY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 32 FEBRUARY 2011

Inorganic CO-ORDINATION COMPOUND

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 33 FEBRUARY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 34 FEBRUARY 2011

Hence b(NO) < b(CCl4) Solving for x, we get

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 35 FEBRUARY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 36 FEBRUARY 2011

Angular momentum 6. [False]

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 37 FEBRUARY 2011

1. Let f(x) = sinx and 7. Prove the identity :

(i) they are all of different flavours; Hence or otherwise evaluate

(iv) they contain only 2 or 3 different flavoures ?

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 39 FEBRUARY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 40 FEBRUARY 2011

sin 13 x − sin 3 x − sin 12 x + sin 2 x 8. To prove that    + 1 <    + 1

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 41 FEBRUARY 2011